WO2021222308A1 - Ssao inhibitors for the treatment of disease - Google Patents

Ssao inhibitors for the treatment of disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021222308A1
WO2021222308A1 PCT/US2021/029473 US2021029473W WO2021222308A1 WO 2021222308 A1 WO2021222308 A1 WO 2021222308A1 US 2021029473 W US2021029473 W US 2021029473W WO 2021222308 A1 WO2021222308 A1 WO 2021222308A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
heterocycloalkyl
disease
aryl
heteroaryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/029473
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jamie SWANEY
Hubert Chen
Nicholas D. Smith
Kenneth Song
Original Assignee
Metacrine, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Metacrine, Inc. filed Critical Metacrine, Inc.
Publication of WO2021222308A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021222308A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/21—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates
    • A61K31/215—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids
    • A61K31/216—Esters, e.g. nitroglycerine, selenocyanates of carboxylic acids of acids having aromatic rings, e.g. benactizyne, clofibrate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/341—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide not condensed with another ring, e.g. ranitidine, furosemide, bufetolol, muscarine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/397—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having four-membered rings, e.g. azetidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42—Oxazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42—Oxazoles
    • A61K31/424—Oxazoles condensed with heterocyclic ring systems, e.g. clavulanic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines

Definitions

  • SSAO semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase
  • SSAO Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase
  • AOC3 amine oxidase, copper containing 3
  • VAP-1 vascular adhesion protein 1
  • SSAO is an enzyme that exists both as a membrane- bound and a soluble isoform. It is highly expressed in the lung, aorta, liver and ileum. SSAO has been implicated in the pathogenesis of liver diseases (Weston, C.J. et al, J Neural. Transm.
  • SSAO inhibition is a treatment modality for numerous diseases or disorders.
  • Described herein are methods of treating a disease or disorder with an SSAO inhibitor of Formula (I) disclosed herein.
  • a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) having the structure: wherein: is a C3-iocycloalkyl ring;
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -;
  • Z is H, F, or Cl
  • R 1 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -ioaryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 4 , -SR 4 , -N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)OR 4 , -OC(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)OR 7 , -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -S(O)R 7 , -OC(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6
  • each R 2 and each R 3 are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 . 9heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2 . 6alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c ;
  • R 5 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; or R 4 and R 5 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d ;
  • R 6 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e ; each R 8 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3- 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 .
  • each R 9 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 10 is independently selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; or R 9 and R 10 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14h ; each R 11 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 12 is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C
  • R 20 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and p is 0 or 1.
  • m is 0.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la'):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa'):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb'):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ibb):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ibb'):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic'):
  • R 1 is -OR 4 , -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), or -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is H.
  • R 4 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 4 is -CH 3. In some embodiments, R 4 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, C 3-6 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R 14c . In some embodiments, R 5 is H. In some embodiments, R 5 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is -CH 3. In some embodiments, R 4 and R 5 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d .
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a spirocyclic C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is -CH 3.
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 7 is a compound of Formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, R 6 is H.
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-9 heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6 - l oaryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )RC 1 (0 1 )N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , -N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 , -C(O)R 12 , - S(O) 2 R 12 , -S(O) 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ), and -OC(O)R
  • each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)R 12 , - S(O) 2 R 12 , and -S(O) 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, -OR 8 , and -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • n is 1.
  • X is -0-.
  • X is -S(O) 2 -.
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • R 20 is H.
  • R 20 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • Z is F.
  • Z is Cl.
  • Z is H.
  • p is 0. In some embodiments, p is 1.
  • the disease or disorder is a gastrointestinal disease selected from inflammatory bowel disease.
  • the disease or disorder is an autoimmune disease selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune hepatitis, and primary Sjogren’s syndrome.
  • the disease or disorder is a cardiovascular disease or disorder selected from congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, and ischemic stroke.
  • the disease or disorder is an ocular disease selected from wet AMD, central retinal vein occlusion, and uveitis.
  • the disease or disorder is a skin disease selected from psoriasis, eczema, and pyogenic granuloma.
  • the disease or disorder is diabetes.
  • the disease or disorder is complications from diabetes selected from diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, and diabetic nephropathy.
  • the disease or disorder is chronic renal failure.
  • the disease or disorder is liver fibrosis.
  • the disease or disorder is graft versus host disease.
  • the disease or disorder is Alzheimer disease.
  • the disease or disorder is extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma.
  • the disease or disorder is sepsis.
  • the disease or disorder is sickle cell disease.
  • the disease or disorder is obesity.
  • the compound is administered to the subject by intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration.
  • the effective amount of the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is: (a) systemically administered to the subject; and/or (b) administered orally to the subject; and/or (c) intravenously administered to the subject; and/or (d) administered by inhalation; and/or (e) administered by nasal administration; or and/or (f) administered by injection to the subject; and/or (g) administered topically to the subject; and/or (h) administered by ophthalmic administration; and/or (i) administered rectally to the subject; and/or (j) administered non- systemically or locally to the subject.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which the compound is administered once a day to the subject or the compound is administered to the subject multiple times over the span of one day.
  • the compound is administered on a continuous dosing schedule.
  • the compound is administered on a continuous daily dosing schedule.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects involving the treatment of a disease or disorder are further embodiments comprising administering at least one additional agent in addition to the administration of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • each agent is administered in any order, including simultaneously.
  • the subject or subject is a human.
  • compounds provided herein are administered to a human.
  • compounds provided herein are orally administered.
  • SSAO Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase
  • AOC3 amine oxidase, copper containing 3
  • VAP-1 vascular adhesion protein 1
  • AOC3 amine oxidase, copper containing 3
  • VAP-1 vascular adhesion protein 1
  • AOC3 has two closely related genes in the human genome.
  • AOC1 which corresponds to a diamine oxidase (DAO) found in gut, lung and kidney (Chassande, O. et al, J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269: 14484-14489) and AOC2, a SSAO with expression in the eye (Imamura, Y. et al, Genomics, 1997, 40: 277-283).
  • AOC4 is a sequence that does not lead to a functional gene product in humans (Schwelberger, H. G. J. Neural Transm., 2007, 1 14: 757-762).
  • SSAO has at least two physiological functions.
  • SSAO functions as an amine oxidase in which primary amines may be oxidized to aldehydes, leading to the release of ammonia and hydrogen peroxide upon regeneration of the cofactor 2,4,5-trihydroxy-phenyl- alanyl-quinone (TPQ).
  • Endogenous substrates include methylamine, dopamine and aminoacetone.
  • Aldehyde products generated under high AOC3 levels can be highly reactive, leading to glycation end products which may be regarded as drivers of diabetes associated inflammatory mechanisms (Mathys, K. C. et ,l, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 2002, 297: 863-869).
  • hydrogen peroxide produced by SSAO can directly lead to direct cellular damage or be sensed by the tissue as a messenger of inflammation and so lead to further propagation of inflammatory processes.
  • SSAO has cell adhesion activity, with SSAO having been shown to be important for leukocyte rolling, adhesion and transmigration in response to inflammatory stimuli (Salmi et al, Antoxidants and Redox Signaling, 2017). Both activities are associated with inflammatory processes.
  • SSAO was also shown to play a role in extravasation of inflammatory cells from the circulation to sites of inflammation (Salmi M.; Trends Immunol. 2001, 22, 21 1-216).
  • SSAO antibodies have been shown to attenuate inflammatory processes by blocking the adhesion site of the SSAO protein.
  • inhibitors of the amine oxidase activity of SSAO have been found to interfere with leukocyte rolling, adhesion and extravasation and, in a similar manner to SSAO antibodies, exhibit anti-inflammatory properties.
  • SSAO has been implicated in the pathogenesis of liver diseases such as fatty liver disease (Weston, C.J. et al., J Neural. Transm. 2011, 118, 1055-1064).
  • serum SSAO is elevated in patients with fatty liver disease and correlates with histological markers of liver injury.
  • SSAO has been shown to contribute to liver fibrosis in preclinical models induced by chemical injury and diet induction.
  • SSAO knock-out animals, or SSAO inhibition using an antibody are protective in both of these models (Weston et al; J. Clin. Invest., 2015, 125, 2, 501-520).
  • VAP-1 has a crucial role in the pathogenesis of diverse human diseases.
  • the adhesive function of VAP-1 can be inhibited by SSAO inhibitors.
  • Inhibition of VAP-1 by several novel small-molecule enzyme inhibitors interferes with leukocyte trafficking and alleviates inflammation in many experimental models (R. Pannecoeck et al., Crit Rev Clin Lab Sci, Early Online, 2015, 1-17) (M. Salmi et al., Antioxid. Redox Signal. 2019, 30, 314-332).
  • C 1 -C x includes C 1 -C 2 , C 1 -C 3 . . . C 1 -C x.
  • a group designated as "C 1- C 4 " indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e.
  • C 1- C 4 alkyl indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, «-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
  • alkyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl group is branched or straight chain.
  • the “alkyl” group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, i.e. a C 1 - C 1 oalkyl.
  • a numerical range such as “1 to 10” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “1 to 10 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated.
  • an alkyl is a C 1 - C 6 alkyl.
  • the alkyl is methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec- butyl, or t-butyl.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, or hexyl.
  • an “alkylene” group refers to a divalent alkyl radical. Any of the above mentioned monovalent alkyl groups may be an alkylene by abstraction of a second hydrogen atom from the alkyl.
  • an alkylene is a C 1 -C 6 alkylene. In other embodiments, an alkylene is a C 1 -C 4 alkylene. In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to four carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 4 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to three carbon atoms (e.g., C 1 -C 3 alkylene).
  • an alkylene comprises one to two carbon atoms (e.g ., C 1 -C 2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one carbon atom (e.g., C 1 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises two carbon atoms (e.g., C 2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (e.g., C 2 -C 4 alkylene).
  • Typical alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, and the like.
  • Deuteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group where 1 or more hydrogen atoms of an alkyl are replaced with deuterium.
  • alkenyl refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon-carbon double bond is present.
  • R is H or an alkyl.
  • an alkenyl is selected from ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), propenyl (i.e., allyl), butenyl, pentenyl, pentadienyl, and the like.
  • alkynyl refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon-carbon triple bond is present.
  • an alkenyl group has the formula -C ⁇ C-R, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group.
  • R is H or an alkyl.
  • an alkynyl is selected from ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include -C ⁇ CH, -C ⁇ CCH 3 -C ⁇ CCH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 C ⁇ CH.
  • alkoxy refers to a (alkyl)O- group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • alkylamine refers to the -N(alkyl) x H y group, where x is 0 and y is 2, or where x is 1 and y is 1, or where x is 2 and y is 0.
  • aromatic refers to a planar ring having a delocalized p-electron system containing 4n+2 p electrons, where n is an integer.
  • aromatic includes both carbocyclic aryl (“aryl”, e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aryl (or “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic”) groups (e.g., pyridine).
  • aryl e.g., phenyl
  • heterocyclic aryl or “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic” groups
  • pyridine e.g., pyridine
  • the term includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of carbon or nitrogen atoms) groups.
  • Carbocyclic refers to a ring or ring system where the atoms forming the backbone of the ring are all carbon atoms. The term thus distinguishes carbocyclic from “heterocyclic” rings or “heterocycles” in which the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different from carbon. In some embodiments, at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic carbocycle is aromatic. In some embodiments, both rings of a bicyclic carbocycle are aromatic. Carbocycle includes cycloalkyl and aryl.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • aryl is phenyl or a naphthyl.
  • an aryl is a phenyl.
  • an aryl is a C 6 -C 10 aryl.
  • an aryl group is a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic aliphatic, non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e. skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom.
  • cycloalkyls are spirocyclic or bridged compounds.
  • cycloalkyls are optionally fused with an aromatic ring, and the point of attachment is at a carbon that is not an aromatic ring carbon atom.
  • Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups are selected from among cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, spiro[2.2]pentyl, norbomyl and bicyclo[l.l.l]pentyl.
  • a cycloalkyl is a C 3- C 6 cycloalkyl.
  • a cycloalkyl is a monocyclic cycloalkyl.
  • Monocyclic cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • Polycyclic cycloalkyls include, for example, adamantyl, norbomyl ⁇ i.e., bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl and bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl), norbomenyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like.
  • halo or, alternatively, “halogen” or “halide” means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. In some embodiments, halo is fluoro, chloro, or bromo.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen atom.
  • a fluoroalkyl is a C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl.
  • fluoroalkyl refers to an alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a fluorine atom.
  • a fluoroalkyl is a C 1 -C 6 fluoroalkyl.
  • a fluoroalkyl is selected from trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, l-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more skeletal atoms of the alkyl are selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen (e.g. -NH-, - N(alkyl)-, sulfur, or combinations thereof.
  • a heteroalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule at a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl.
  • a heteroalkyl is a C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl.
  • heteroalkylene refers to a divalent heteroalkyl radical.
  • heterocycle refers to heteroaromatic rings (also known as heteroaryls) and heterocycloalkyl rings (also known as heteroalicyclic groups) containing one to four heteroatoms in the ring(s), where each heteroatom in the ring(s) is selected from O, S and N, wherein each heterocyclic group has from 3 to 10 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that any ring does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms.
  • heterocycles are monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic, spirocyclic or bridged compounds.
  • Nonaromatic heterocyclic groups include rings having 3 to 10 atoms in its ring system and aromatic heterocyclic groups include rings having 5 to 10 atoms in its ring system.
  • the heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems.
  • nonaromatic heterocyclic groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thioxanyl, piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrrolin-2-yl, pyrrolin-3-yl, indolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, di
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinox
  • a group derived from pyrrole includes both pyrrol-l-yl (/V-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached).
  • a group derived from imidazole includes imidazol-l-yl or imidazol-3-yl (bothN- attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all C-attached).
  • the heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems.
  • at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic heterocycle is aromatic.
  • both rings of a bicyclic heterocycle are aromatic.
  • heteroaryl or, alternatively, “heteroaromatic” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include monocyclic heteroaryls and bicyclic heteroaryls.
  • Monocyclic heteroaryls include pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and furazanyl.
  • Bicyclic heteroaryls include indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indazole, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, and pteridine.
  • a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms in the ring.
  • a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms in the ring.
  • a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms, 0-1 0 atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring.
  • a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms, 0-1 0 atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring.
  • heteroaryl is a C 1 -C 9 heteroaryl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl is a C 1 -C 5 heteroaryl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl is a C6-C 9 heteroaryl.
  • heterocycloalkyl or “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In some embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl is fused with an aryl or heteroaryl.
  • the heterocycloalkyl is oxazolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidin-2-onyl, pyrrolidine-2, 5-dithionyl, pyrrolidine-2, 5-dionyl, pyrrolidinonyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolidin-2-onyl, or thiazolidin-2-onyl.
  • heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
  • a heterocycloalkyl is a C 2 - C 1 oheterocycloalkyl.
  • a heterocycloalkyl is a C 4 -C 1 oheterocycloalkyl.
  • a heterocycloalkyl contains 0-2 N atoms in the ring.
  • a heterocycloalkyl contains 0-2 N atoms, 0-2 O atoms and 0-1 S atoms in the ring.
  • bond refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure. In one aspect, when a group described herein is a bond, the referenced group is absent thereby allowing a bond to be formed between the remaining identified groups.
  • moiety refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
  • optional substituents are independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -OH, -NH(CH 3 ), -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CF 3 , -OCH 3 , and -OCF 3 .
  • substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the preceding groups.
  • module means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target.
  • modulator refers to a molecule that interacts with a target either directly or indirectly.
  • the interactions include, but are not limited to, the interactions of an agonist, partial agonist, an inverse agonist, antagonist, degrader, or combinations thereof.
  • a modulator is an agonist.
  • administer refers to the methods that may be used to enable delivery of compounds or compositions to the desired site of biological action. These methods include, but are not limited to oral routes, intraduodenal routes, parenteral injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion), topical and rectal administration. Those of skill in the art are familiar with administration techniques that can be employed with the compounds and methods described herein. In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions described herein are administered orally.
  • co-administration or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
  • an “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent or a compound being administered, which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated. The result includes reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system.
  • an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms.
  • An appropriate “effective” amount in any individual case is optionally determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study.
  • the terms “enhance” or “enhancing,” as used herein, means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration a desired effect.
  • the term “enhancing” refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of other therapeutic agents on a system.
  • An “enhancing-effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of another therapeutic agent in a desired system.
  • the term “pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients.
  • the term “fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage.
  • non-fixed combination means that the active ingredients, e.g.
  • a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a co-agent are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient.
  • cocktail therapy e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
  • the term “subject” or “patient” encompasses mammals.
  • mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • treat include alleviating, abating or ameliorating at least one symptom of a disease or disorder, preventing additional symptoms, inhibiting the disease or disorder, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or disorder, relieving the disease or disorder, causing regression of the disease or disorder, relieving a condition caused by the disease or disorder, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or disorder either prophylactically and/or therapeutically.
  • Contemplated methods for example, comprise exposing said enzyme to a compound described herein.
  • the ability of compounds described herein to inhibit SSAO is evaluated by procedures known in the art and/or described herein.
  • Another aspect of this disclosure provides methods of treating a disease associated with activity of SSAO in a patient.
  • Compounds described herein, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, active metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, are SSAO inhibitors.
  • a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) having the structure: wherein, is a C 3-10 cycloalkyl ring;
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -;
  • Z is H, F, or Cl
  • R 1 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 4 , -SR 4 , -N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)OR 4 , -OC(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)OR 7 , -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -S(O)R 7 , -OC(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C
  • each R 2 and each R 3 are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 . 9heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2 . 6alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c ;
  • R 5 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; or R 4 and R 5 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d ;
  • R 6 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e ; each R 8 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 9 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 10 is independently selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; or R 9 and R 10 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14h ; each R 11 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 12 is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C
  • R 20 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and p is 0 or 1.
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -.
  • X is -0-.
  • X is -S-.
  • X is -S(O) 2 -.
  • X is -N(R 13 )-.
  • X is -N(H)-.
  • X is - C(R 13 ) 2 -.
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is CI. In some embodiments, Z is H.
  • p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0.
  • a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring is a cyclooctyl ring. In some embodiments, is a cycloheptyl ring. In some embodiments, is a cyclohexyl ring. In some embodiments, is a cyclopentyl ring. In some embodiments, is a cyclobutyl ring. In some embodiments, is a cyclopropyl ring.
  • R 1 is -OR 4 , -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), or -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -OR 4 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ). In some embodiments, R 1 is - S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2- 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2- 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is H.
  • R 4 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 4 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is H. In some embodiments, R 5 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2- 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e . In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 7 is -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 7 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is H. In some embodiments, R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 6 is C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is -C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)N(H)CH 3 .
  • R 1 is -C(O)N(CH 3 )2. In some embodiments, R 1 is - C(O)N(H)CH 2 CH 2 C0 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is -S(O) 2 NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - N(H)C(O)CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -N(H)S(O) 2 CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - N(H)C(O)NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -OCH 2 CO 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is ,
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3- 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-9 heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R 1 ; i,s . In some embodiments, R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CO 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(CH 3 ) 2 OCH 2 CO 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is
  • m is 0.
  • n 0.
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -SR 8 , - N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , -N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 , -C(O)R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , -S(O) 2
  • n is i or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , and - S(O) 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, -OR 8 , and -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • R 20 is H. In some embodiments, R 20 is C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is -CH 3 .
  • the compound has the structure of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • X is -O-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -;
  • Z is H, F, or Cl
  • R 1 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 4 , -SR 4 , -N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)OR 4 , -OC(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)OR 7 , -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -S(O)R 7 , -OC(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 -
  • R 5 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; or R 4 and R 5 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d ;
  • R 6 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e ; each R 8 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 9 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 10 is independently selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; or R 9 and R 10 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14h ; each R 11 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 12 is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C
  • R 20 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; p is 0 or 1; and each q is independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 - , -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -.
  • X is -0-.
  • X is -S-.
  • X is -S(O) 2 -.
  • X is -N(R 13 )-.
  • X is -N(H)-.
  • X is -C(R 13 )2-.
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H.
  • p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0.
  • each q is 1. In some embodiments, each q is 0. In some embodiments, each q is 2. In some embodiments, one q is 0 and one q is 1. In some embodiments, one q is 1 and one q is 2.
  • R 1 is -OR 4 , -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), or -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -OR 4 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ). In some embodiments, R 1 is -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is H. In some embodiments,
  • R 4 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 4 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is H. In some embodiments, R 5 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 1 - 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 6 is H.
  • R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 6 is C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is -C(O)NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)N(H)CH 3 .
  • R 1 is -C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 1 is -C(O)N(H)CH 2 CH 2 C0 2 H.
  • R 1 is -S(O) 2 NH 2 .
  • R 1 is -N(H)C(O)CH 3 .
  • R 1 is -N(H)S(O) 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is -N(H)C(O)NH 2 .
  • R 1 is -OCH 2 CO 2 H.
  • R is .
  • R is .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1 - 9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-9 heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R is .
  • R is .
  • R 1 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CO 2 H.
  • R 1 is -C(CH 3 ) 2 OCH 2 C0 2 H.
  • R 1 is .
  • n is 0.
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , - N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 , -C(
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , and -S(O) 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 . 9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1 - 6 alkyl, -OR 8 , and -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • R 20 is H.
  • R 20 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 20 is -CH 3 .
  • the compound has the structure of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -;
  • Z is H, F, or Cl
  • R 1 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 4 , -SR 4 , -N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)OR 4 , -OC(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)OR 7 , -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -S(O)R 7 , -OC(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C
  • each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , -N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 ,
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 . 9heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2 . 6alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c ;
  • R 5 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1 . 6 haloalkyl; or R 4 and R 5 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d ;
  • R 6 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e ; each R 8 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3- 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 6alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloal
  • each R 10 is independently selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; or R 9 and R 10 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14h ; each R 11 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 12 is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C
  • R 20 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; p is 0 or 1; each q is independently 0, 1, or 2; and v is 0, 1, or 2.
  • X is -0-, -S-, - S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -.
  • X is -0-.
  • X is -S-.
  • X is -S(O) 2 -.
  • X is -N(R 13 )-.
  • X is -N(H)-.
  • X is -C(R 13 )2-.
  • X is - CH 2 -.
  • Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H.
  • each q is 1. In some embodiments, each q is 0. In some embodiments, each q is 2. In some embodiments, one q is 0 and one q is 1. In some embodiments, one q is 1 and one q is 2. In some embodiments, v is 1. In some embodiments, v is 0.
  • R 1 is -OR 4 , - C(O)OR 4 , -OC(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)OR 7 , - N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)C(O)N(R 4 )(R
  • R 1 is -OR 4 , -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), or -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -OR 4 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ). In some embodiments, R 1 is -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is H. In some embodiments,
  • R 4 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 4 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is H. In some embodiments, R 5 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 .
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 1 - 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 2 . 9 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 6 is H. In some embodiments, R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 6 is C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is -C(O)NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)N(H)CH 3 .
  • R 1 is - C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 1 is -C(O)N(H)CH 2 CH 2 C0 2 H.
  • R 1 is -S(O) 2 NH 2 .
  • R 1 is -N(H)C(O)CH 3 .
  • R 1 is - N(H)S(O) 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is -N(H)C(O)NH 2 .
  • R 1 is -
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1 - 9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-9 heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is .
  • R is In some embodiments, R 1 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CO 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(CH 3 ) 2 OCH 2 C0 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is
  • n 0.
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1 - 9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , - N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 ,
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , and -S(O) 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 . 9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1 - 6 alkyl, -OR 8 , and -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • R 20 is H. In some embodiments, R 20 is C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is -CH 3 .
  • the compound has the structure of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 ) 2 -;
  • Z is H, F, or C1;
  • R 1 is halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 4 , -SR 4 , -N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)OR 4 , -OC(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), - N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C(O)OR 7 , -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -S(O)R 7 , -OC(O)R 7 , - C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -C(O)C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )C
  • each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , -N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , -N(R 11 )
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2. 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2. 6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c ;
  • R 5 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; or R 4 and R 5 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14d ;
  • R 6 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e ; each R 8 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 9 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3 -
  • each R 10 is independently selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; or R 9 and R 10 , together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14h ; each R 11 is independently selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 12 is independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10
  • R 20 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; p is 0 or 1; and q is 0, 1, or 2.
  • X is -0-, -S-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 13 )-, or -C(R 13 )2-.
  • X is -0-.
  • X is -S-.
  • X is - S(O) 2 -.
  • X is -N(R 13 )-.
  • X is -N(H)-.
  • X is -C(R 13 )2-.
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H.
  • p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0.
  • q is 2. In some embodiments, q is 1. In some embodiments, q is 0.
  • R 1 is -OR 4 , - N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 , -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 , -C(O)R 7 , -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ), or - S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -OR 4 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)R 7 .
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 1 is -N(R 6 )S(O) 2 R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 7 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)N(R 4 )(R 5 ). In some embodiments, R 1 is -S(O) 2 N(R 4 )(R 5 ).
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is selected from H, C 1-6 alkyl, and C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl and C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14c .
  • R 4 is H.
  • R 4 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 4 is unsubstituted C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is H. In some embodiments, R 5 is unsubstituted C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 5 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, and C 6-10 aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14e .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 1 - 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is -CH 3 .
  • R 7 is unsubstituted C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 6 is H.
  • R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 6 is C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is -C(O)NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - C(O)N(H)CH 3 .
  • R 1 is -C(O)N(CH 3 )2. In some embodiments, R 1 is - C(O)N(H)CH 2 CH 2 C0 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is -S(O) 2 NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - N(H)C(O)CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -N(H)S(O) 2 CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - N(H)C(O)NH 2 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -OCH 2 CO 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is ,
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C3- 6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2 - 6 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, or C 1-9 heteroaryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is C 1-9 heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14a .
  • R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CO 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is - C(CH 3 ) 2 OCH 2 C0 2 H. In some embodiments, R 1 is . In some embodiments, R 1 is
  • n 0.
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 6-10 aryl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, - OR 8 , -SR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , -C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -OC(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), - N(R 11 )C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -N(R 11 )C(O)OR 12 , -N(R 11 )C(O)R 12 , -N(R 11 )S(O) 2 R 12 , -C(O)R 12 , - S(O)
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, - CN, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-9 heterocycloalkyl, C 1-9 heteroaryl, -OR 8 , -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)OR 9 , - C(O)N(R 9 )(R 10 ), -C(O)R 12 , -S(O) 2 R 12 , and -S(O) 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 - 9heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-9 heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • n is 1 or 2 and each R 3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C 1 - 6alkyl, -OR 8 , and -N(R 9 )(R 10 ), wherein C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R 14b .
  • R 20 is H. In some embodiments, R 20 is C 1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is -CH 3 .
  • a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure provided in Table 1.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of a compound that is described in Table 1.
  • a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure provided in Table 2.
  • provided herein is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of a compound that is described in Table 2.
  • a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B- cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
  • a method for treating a gastrointestinal disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating a gastrointestinal disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the gastrointestinal disease or disorder is inflammatory bowel disease.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating an autoimmune disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the autoimmune disease is selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune hepatitis, and primary Sjogren’s syndrome.
  • a method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating multiple sclerosis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating autoimmune hepatitis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating primary Sjogren’s syndrome in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating a cardiovascular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating a cardiovascular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the cardiovascular disease is selected from congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, and ischemic stroke.
  • a method for treating congestive heart failure in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
  • lb' is a method for treating atherosclerosis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
  • a method for treating ischemic stroke in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
  • a method for treating an ocular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating an ocular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the ocular disease or disorder is selected from wet AMD, central retinal vein occlusion, and uveitis.
  • a method for treating wet AMD in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating central retinal vein occlusion in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating uveitis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating a skin disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating a skin disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the skin disease or disorder is selected from psoriasis, eczema, and pyogenic granulomas.
  • a method for psoriasis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating eczema in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating pyogenic granulomas in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating diabetes in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating complications from diabetes in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating complications from diabetes in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the complications from diabetes are selected from diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, and diabetic nephropathy.
  • a method for treating diabetic retinopathy in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating diabetic macular edema in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating diabetic nephropathy in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating chronic renal failure in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating liver fibrosis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating graft versus host disease in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating Alzheimer disease in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating sepsis in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating sickle cell disease in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • a method for treating obesity in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein is in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity are included in the scope of the present disclosure.
  • the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound described herein with an acid to provide a "pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt.”
  • the compound described herein i.e. free base form
  • the compound described herein is basic and is reacted with an organic acid or an inorganic acid.
  • Inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and metaphosphoric acid.
  • Organic acids include, but are not limited to, 1 -hydroxy -2-naphthoic acid; 2,2-dichloroacetic acid; 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid; 2-oxoglutaric acid; 4-acetamidobenzoic acid; 4-aminosalicylic acid; acetic acid; adipic acid; ascorbic acid (L); aspartic acid (L); benzenesulfonic acid; benzoic acid; camphoric acid (+); camphor- 10-sulfonic acid (+); capric acid (decanoic acid); caproic acid (hexanoic acid); caprylic acid (octanoic acid); carbonic acid; cinnamic acid; citric acid; cyclamic acid; dodecylsulfuric acid; ethane-1, 2-disulfonic acid; ethanesulfonic acid; formic acid; fumaric acid; galactaric acid; gentisic acid; glucoheptonic acid (D
  • a compound described herein is prepared as a chloride salt, sulfate salt, bromide salt, mesylate salt, maleate salt, citrate salt or phosphate salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound described herein with a base to provide a "pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt.”
  • the compound described herein is acidic and is reacted with a base.
  • an acidic proton of the compound described herein is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, or an aluminum ion.
  • compounds described herein coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, meglumine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine.
  • compounds described herein form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, and the like.
  • the compounds provided herein are prepared as a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, magnesium salt, meglumine salt, N-methylglucamine salt or ammonium salt.
  • a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms.
  • solvates contain either stoichiometric or non- stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are formed during the process of isolating or purifying the compound with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein are conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein optionally exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms.
  • the methods and formulations described herein include the use of A-oxides (if appropriate), crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds described herein, as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • sites on the organic radicals (e.g. alkyl groups, aromatic rings) of compounds described herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactions. Incorporation of appropriate substituents on the organic radicals will reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway.
  • the appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example only, a halogen, deuterium, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, or a deuteroalkyl group.
  • the compounds described herein are labeled isotopically (e.g.
  • isotopes examples include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, such as, for example, 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, 35 S, 18 F, 36 C1.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds described herein for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays.
  • substitution with isotopes such as deuterium affords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms of the compounds described herein is replaced with deuterium.
  • the compounds described herein possess one or more stereocenters and each stereocenter exists independently in either the R or S configuration.
  • the compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, atropisomers, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
  • the compounds and methods provided herein include all cis, trans, syn, anti,
  • E
  • Z
  • isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
  • stereoisomers are obtained, if desired, by methods such as, stereoselective synthesis and/or the separation of stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns.
  • compounds described herein are prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds/salts, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomers.
  • resolution of enantiomers is carried out using covalent diastereomeric derivatives of the compounds described herein.
  • diastereomers are separated by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility.
  • separation of steroisomers is performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric salts and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof.
  • stereoisomers are obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
  • compounds described herein are prepared as prodrugs.
  • a “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they are easier to administer than the parent drug. They are, for instance, bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not.
  • the prodrug may be a substrate for a transporter. Further or alternatively, the prodrug also has improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility.
  • a prodrug is a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) but then is metabolically hydrolyzed to provide the active entity.
  • a further example of a prodrug is a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety.
  • a prodrug upon in vivo administration, is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, esters, ethers, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, amino acid conjugates, phosphate esters, and sulfonate esters.
  • a hydroxyl group in the compounds disclosed herein is used to form a prodrug, wherein the hydroxyl group is incorporated into an acyloxyalkyl ester, alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl ester, alkyl ester, aryl ester, phosphate ester, sugar ester, ether, and the like.
  • a hydroxyl group in the compounds disclosed herein is a prodrug wherein the hydroxyl is then metabolized in vivo to provide a carboxylic acid group.
  • a carboxyl group is used to provide an ester or amide (i.e. the prodrug), which is then metabolized in vivo to provide a carboxylic acid group.
  • compounds described herein are prepared as alkyl ester prodrugs.
  • Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound described herein as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds is a prodrug for another derivative or active compound. [00173] Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound described herein as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds is a prodrug for another derivative or active compound. In some embodiments, a prodrug of the compound disclosed herein permits targeted delivery of the compound to a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract. Formation of a pharmacologically active metabolite by the colonic metabolism of drugs is a commonly used “prodrug” approach for the colon-specific drug delivery systems.
  • a prodrug is formed by the formation of a covalent linkage between drug and a carrier in such a manner that upon oral administration the moiety remains intact in the stomach and small intestine.
  • This approach involves the formation of prodrug, which is a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a parent drug molecule that requires spontaneous or enzymatic transformation in the biological environment to release the active drug.
  • Formation of prodrugs has improved delivery properties over the parent drug molecule.
  • the problem of stability of certain drugs from the adverse environment of the upper gastrointestinal tract can be eliminated by prodrug formation, which is converted into parent drug molecule once it reaches into the colon.
  • Site specific drug delivery through site specific prodrug activation may be accomplished by the utilization of some specific property at the target site, such as altered pH or high activity of certain enzymes relative to the non-target tissues for the prodrug-drug conversion.
  • conjugate conjugates include, but are not limited to, azo bond conjugates, glycoside conjugates, glucuronide conjugates, cyclodextrin conjugates, dextran conjugates or amino-acid conjugates.
  • the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
  • a “metabolite” of a compound disclosed herein is a derivative of that compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized.
  • active metabolite refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized.
  • metabolized refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Thus, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound.
  • cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while uridine diphosphate glucuronyltransferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulphydryl groups.
  • Metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein are optionally identified either by administration of compounds to a host and analysis of tissue samples from the host, or by incubation of compounds with hepatic cells in vitro and analysis of the resulting compounds.
  • the compounds described herein are rapidly metabolized following absorption from the gastro-intestinal tract to metabolites that have greatly reduced SSAO inhibitor activity.
  • the compounds are rapidly metabolized in plasma.
  • the compounds are rapidly metabolized by the intestines.
  • the compounds are rapidly metabolized by the liver.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredients that facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations that are used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen.
  • a summary of pharmaceutical compositions described herein is found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A.
  • the compounds described herein are administered either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Administration of the compounds and compositions described herein can be affected by any method that enables delivery of the compounds to the site of action.
  • enteral routes including oral, gastric or duodenal feeding tube, rectal suppository and rectal enema
  • parenteral routes injection or infusion, including intraarterial, intracardiac, intradermal, intraduodenal, intramedullary, intramuscular, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intravascular, intravenous, intravitreal, epidural and subcutaneous), inhalational, transdermal, transmucosal, sublingual, buccal and topical (including epicutaneous, dermal, enema, eye drops, ear drops, intranasal, vaginal) administration, although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient.
  • compounds described herein can be administered locally to the area in need of treatment, by for example, local infusion during surgery, topical application such as creams or ointments, injection, catheter, or implant.
  • topical application such as creams or ointments, injection, catheter, or implant.
  • the administration can also be by direct injection at the site of a diseased tissue or organ.
  • compositions suitable for oral administration are presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient is presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • compositions which can be used orally include tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. In some embodiments, the tablets are coated or scored and are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
  • the push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In some embodiments, stabilizers are added. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings.
  • concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or Dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
  • compositions are formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • compositions may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in powder form or in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, saline or sterile pyrogen-free water, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example, saline or sterile pyrogen-free water
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • compositions for parenteral administration include aqueous and non- aqueous (oily) sterile injection solutions of the active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • compositions may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example, as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels formulated in conventional manner. Such compositions may comprise the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • compositions may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides.
  • compositions may be administered topically, that is by non-systemic administration.
  • non-systemic administration includes the application of a compound of the present invention externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream.
  • systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
  • compositions suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi- liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as gels, liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose.
  • the active ingredient may comprise, for topical administration, from 0.001% to 10% w/w, for instance from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation.
  • compositions for administration by inhalation are conveniently delivered from an insufflator, nebulizer pressurized packs or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol spray.
  • Pressurized packs may comprise a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • pharmaceutical preparations may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form, in for example, capsules, cartridges, gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
  • a compound disclosed herein is formulated in such a manner that delivery of the compound to a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract is achieved.
  • a compound disclosed herein is formulated for oral delivery with bioadhesive polymers, pH-sensitive coatings, time dependent, biodegradable polymers, microflora activated systems, and the like, in order to effect delivering of the compound to a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • a compound disclosed herein is formulated to provide a controlled release of the compound.
  • Controlled release refers to the release of the compound described herein from a dosage form in which it is incorporated according to a desired profile over an extended period of time.
  • Controlled release profiles include, for example, sustained release, prolonged release, pulsatile release, and delayed release profiles.
  • immediate release compositions controlled release compositions allow delivery of an agent to a subject over an extended period of time according to a predetermined profile.
  • Such release rates can provide therapeutically effective levels of agent for an extended period of time and thereby provide a longer period of pharmacologic response while minimizing side effects as compared to conventional rapid release dosage forms.
  • Such longer periods of response provide for many inherent benefits that are not achieved with the corresponding short acting, immediate release preparations.
  • pH-sensitive polymers The majority of enteric and colon targeted delivery systems are based on the coating of tablets or pellets, which are filled into conventional hard gelatin capsules. Most commonly used pH-dependent coating polymers are methacrylic acid copolymers, commonly known as Eudragit® S, more specifically Eudragit® L and Eudragit® S. Eudragit® L100 and S 100 are copolymers of methacrylic acid and methyl methacrylate.
  • Another approach towards colon-targeted drug delivery or controlled-release systems includes embedding the drug in polymer matrices to trap it and release it in the colon. These matrices can be pH-sensitive or biodegradable. Matrix-Based Systems, such as multi-matrix (MMX)-based delayed-release tablets, ensure the drug release in the colon. [00213] Additional pharmaceutical approaches to targeted delivery of therapeutics to particular regions of the gastrointestinal tract are known. Chourasia MK, Jain SK, Pharmaceutical approaches to colon targeted drug delivery systems., J Pharm Pharm Sci. 2003 Jan-Apr;6(l):33- 66. Patel M, Shah T, Amin A.
  • compositions described herein may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are used in the preparation of medicaments for the treatment of diseases or disorders in a mammal that would benefit from administration of an SSAO inhibitor.
  • Methods for treating any of the diseases or disorders described herein in a mammal in need of such treatment involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, active metabolite, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said mammal.
  • the compositions containing the compound(s) described herein are administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
  • the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or disorder, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest at least one of the symptoms of the disease or disorder. Amounts effective for this use depend on the severity and course of the disease or disorder, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • Therapeutically effective amounts are optionally determined by methods including, but not limited to, a dose escalation and/or dose ranging clinical trial.
  • compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a "prophylactically effective amount or dose.”
  • prophylactically effective amount or dose the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. When used in patients, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • prophylactic treatments include administering to a mammal, who previously experienced at least one symptom of the disease being treated and is currently in remission, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in order to prevent a return of the symptoms of the disease or disorder.
  • the compounds are administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient’s life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient’s disease or disorder.
  • the dose of drug being administered is temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”).
  • the length of the drug holiday is between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, or more than 28 days.
  • the dose reduction during a drug holiday is, by way of example only, by 10%- 100%, including by way of example only 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, and 100%.
  • a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, in specific embodiments, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, is reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. In certain embodiments, however, the patient requires intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
  • the amount of a given agent that corresponds to such an amount varies depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease condition and its severity, the identity (i e.g ., weight, sex) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but nevertheless is determined according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated.
  • doses employed for adult human treatment are typically in the range of 0.01 mg-5000 mg per day. In one aspect, doses employed for adult human treatment are from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg per day. In one embodiment, the desired dose is conveniently presented in a single dose or in divided doses administered simultaneously or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • the daily dosages appropriate for the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof are from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg per body weight. In some embodiments, the daily dosage or the amount of active in the dosage form are lower or higher than the ranges indicated herein, based on a number of variables in regard to an individual treatment regime. In various embodiments, the daily and unit dosages are altered depending on a number of variables including, but not limited to, the activity of the compound used, the disease or disorder to be treated, the mode of administration, the requirements of the individual subject, the severity of the disease or disorder being treated, and the judgment of the practitioner.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens are determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD 50 and the ED 50 .
  • the dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it is expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED 50 .
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used in formulating the therapeutically effective daily dosage range and/or the therapeutically effective unit dosage amount for use in mammals, including humans.
  • the daily dosage amount of the compounds described herein lies within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with minimal toxicity.
  • the daily dosage range and/or the unit dosage amount varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the effective amount of the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is: (a) systemically administered to the mammal; and/or (b) administered orally to the mammal; and/or (c) intravenously administered to the mammal; and/or (d) administered by injection to the mammal; and/or (e) administered topically to the mammal; and/or (f) administered non-systemically or locally to the mammal.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered once a day; or (ii) the compound is administered to the mammal multiple times over the span of one day.
  • any of the aforementioned aspects of the methods described herein are further embodiments comprising multiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered continuously or intermittently: as in a single dose; (ii) the time between multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound is administered to the mammal every 8 hours; (iv) the compound is administered to the mammal every 12 hours; (v) the compound is administered to the mammal every 24 hours.
  • the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein the administration of the compound is temporarily suspended or the dose of the compound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end of the drug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed.
  • the length of the drug holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year.
  • the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein is enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant has minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced).
  • an adjuvant i.e., by itself the adjuvant has minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced.
  • the benefit experienced by a patient is increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit.
  • a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is co-administered with a second therapeutic agent, wherein the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the second therapeutic agent modulate different aspects of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, thereby providing a greater overall benefit than administration of either therapeutic agent alone.
  • the overall benefit experienced by the patient may be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
  • different therapeutically-effective dosages of the compounds disclosed herein will be utilized in formulating pharmaceutical composition and/or in treatment regimens when the compounds disclosed herein are administered in combination with one or more additional agent, such as an additional therapeutically effective drug, an adjuvant or the like.
  • additional agent such as an additional therapeutically effective drug, an adjuvant or the like.
  • Therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens is optionally determined by means similar to those set forth hereinabove for the actives themselves.
  • the methods of prevention/treatment described herein encompasses the use of metronomic dosing, i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects.
  • a combination treatment regimen encompasses treatment regimens in which administration of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is initiated prior to, during, or after treatment with a second agent described herein, and continues until any time during treatment with the second agent or after termination of treatment with the second agent. It also includes treatments in which a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the second agent being used in combination are administered simultaneously or at different times and/or at decreasing or increasing intervals during the treatment period. Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
  • the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought is modified in accordance with a variety of factors (e.g. the disease, disorder or condition from which the subject suffers; the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject).
  • factors e.g. the disease, disorder or condition from which the subject suffers; the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject.
  • the dosage regimen actually employed varies and, in some embodiments, deviates from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
  • dosages of the co-administered compounds vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease or disorder being treated and so forth.
  • the compound provided herein when co- administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, is administered either simultaneously with the one or more other therapeutic agents, or sequentially.
  • the multiple therapeutic agents are administered in any order or even simultaneously. If administration is simultaneous, the multiple therapeutic agents are, by way of example only, provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (e.g., as a single pill or as two separate pills).
  • the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as well as combination therapies, are administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease or disorder, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound varies.
  • the compounds described herein are used as a prophylactic and are administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or disorder.
  • the compounds and compositions are administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms.
  • a compound described herein is administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or disorder is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease.
  • the length required for treatment varies, and the treatment length is adjusted to suit the specific needs of each subject.
  • a compound described herein or a formulation containing the compound is administered for at least 2 weeks, about 1 month to about 5 years.
  • an SSAO inhibitor is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent for the treatment of a disease or disorder described herein.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is selected from an FXR agonist, an ACC inhibitor, and an ASK-1 inhibitor, or a combination thereof.
  • SSAO/VAP-1/AOC3 Recombinant Human SSAO/VAP-1/AOC3 (R&D systems; Catalog # 3957-AO) was used to screen compound potency in vitro, according to previously described methods (J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2013 Nov; 347(2):365-74).
  • SSAO enzyme was suspended in 50 mM HEPES buffer to a working concentration of 2.5 ⁇ g/ml and 40 ⁇ L of this enzyme mixture was then added to each well of a F16 Black Maxisorp 96 well Plate (Nunc, Catalog # 475515). Ten microliters of each test compound (at 5 times the final concentration) were added to each well, resulting in a final well volume of 50 pL of the enzyme and inhibitor mixture.
  • the compounds were preincubated with the enzyme for 30 minutes at 37°C, prior to the addition of a 40 ⁇ L volume of Amplex Ultra Red (125uM AUR; Molecular Probes, Catalog # A36006)/Horseradish peroxidase (2.5U/ml HRP; Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # P8375) oxidase detection reagent containing cytochrome C (7.5 ⁇ M; Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # C7752). Cytochrome C was included in the AUR/HRP detection mixture to reduce the background fluorescence that can occur via the spontaneous redox reaction between AUR and HRP.
  • the SSAO enzyme reaction was then initiated by adding 10 ⁇ L of the SSAO substrate, benzylamine (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # B5136), and SSAO activity was measured in kinetic mode over a 30 -120 minute sampling period (excit. 544nm; emit 590nm; cut off 570nm; medium gain) to obtain IC 50 values for enzyme activity in each treatment well.
  • Example 3 Mouse semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) Assay
  • SSAO Mouse semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase
  • Recombinant Mouse SSAO/VAP-1/AOC3 R&D systems; Catalog # 6107-AO
  • the Mouse SSAO assay can be run in the same manner as described for the human SSAO assay.
  • Example 4 Human diamine oxidase (DAO) enzyme assay
  • Inhibition of recombinant human DAO (R& D systems; Catalog # 8298-AO) activity can be used to screen compound selectivity in vitro.
  • the human DAO assay can be run in the same manner as described for the human SSAO assay, with the exception that putrescine (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # P5780) and aminoguanidine bicarbonate (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog #
  • 109266- 100G can be used as the substrate and positive control, respectively.
  • MAO-A and MAO-B can be used to screen compound selectivity in vitro.
  • the MAO-A and MAO-B assays can be run in the same manner as described above for the human SSAO assay, with tyramine (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # T2879) and benzylamine (Sigma- Aldrich Catalog # B5136) being used as the substrates for MAO-A and MAO-B, respectively.
  • the positive controls for MAO-A and MAO-B can be clorgyline (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog# M3778) and mofegiline (MedChem Express Catalog# HY-16677A), respectively.
  • Recombinant human lysyl oxidase can be isolated from concentrated conditioned media (CCM) of cells that transiently or stably overexpress the human LOX enzyme. Once isolated, the CCM can be concentrated using a centrifugation column with 10 kDa molecular weight cut-off (MWCO). Inhibition of LOX activity can then be tested suing the same fluorescence readout as for SSAO with the exception that the 1,5-diaminopentane can be used as the LOX substrate and b-aminopropionitrile (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # A3134) used as positive control.
  • CCM concentrated conditioned media
  • MWCO molecular weight cut-off
  • Example 7 Peroxide scavenging/Amplex ultra red interference assay [00248] A counter assay can be run to assess compound interference with the AUR enzyme and to identify compounds that might scavenge H 2 O 2 directly, leading to a false positive readout regarding SSAO enzyme inhibition. To do this, H 2 O 2 solution can be added to compound and the AUR mixture, in the absence of SSAO enzyme, and the effects on H 2 O 2 -induced fluorescence can then be measured.
  • the peroxide scavenger compound N-Acetyl-L-cysteine (NAC: Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # A7250) and the enzyme catalase (Sigma- Aldrich Catalog# C1345), which catalyzes the degradation of H 2 O 2 into H 2 O and O 2 , can be used as positive controls in this interference assay.
  • the potential for compound turnover by SSAO/VAP-1 can be assessed to determine the substrate propensity of the compounds relative to background (dimethyl sulfoxide only).
  • the assay can be run in a similar manner as that described for the SSAO enzyme assay. Briefly, compounds can be incubated with recombinant human SSAO enzyme, in the absence of benzylamine substrate, and oxidase activity can be measured for 30 - 120 min after addition of the AUR/HRP mixture.
  • Example 9 Mouse pharmacodynamic model
  • SSAO activity can be measured using a modification of previously described methods (J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2013 Nov;347(2):365-74).
  • mice can be orally administered with compounds at predetermined concentrations. Animals can then be killed after 2-48 hours for collection of plasma, abdominal fat and other tissues of interest. Tissue samples can be homogenized in HES buffer (20mM HEPES, ImM EDTA, sucrose 250 mM, IX protease and phosphatases inhibitor, pH 7.4).
  • Homogenates can then be centrifuged at 2000 ⁇ g for 5 -10 min at 4°C and the supernatants collected and diluted 1 :5 in assay buffer (0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH7.2) for the fluorometric measurement of SSAO activity.
  • assay buffer 0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH7.2
  • pargyline can be included in the assay buffer to inhibit any potential endogenous monoamine oxidase A and B which could interfere with the assay.
  • SSAO activity in the plasma and tissue homogenates can then be analyzed as described in the in vitro methods for human SSAO.
  • SSAO activity can be measured using a modification of previously described methods (J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2013 Nov;347(2):365-74).
  • rats can be orally administered with compounds at predetermined concentrations. Animals can then be killed after 2-48 hours for collection of plasma, abdominal fat, liver and other tissues of interest. Tissue samples can be homogenized in HES buffer (20mM HEPES, 150mM NaCl, lmMEDTA,ImMEGTAwith1%tritonX100,IXproteaseandphosphatasesinhibitor,pH7.4).
  • Example11 SmokingmousemodelofCOPD [00252] TotesttheeffectsofVAP-1inhibitorsonlunginflammationandfibrosisrelatedtoCOPD,studiescanbeperformedasdescribedpreviously(StebbinsKJ,JPharmacolExpTher., 332(3):764-775)(JamickiAG,BrJPharmacol.,173(22):3161-3175).FemaleC57BL/6mice(6-8weeksold)canbeexposedtocigarettesmoke(CS)from12research-gradecigarettes(3R4F,UniversityofKentucky,Lexington,KY,USA)over aperiodof5minutespercigarette,for75min,twotimesperday.Shamcontrolmicecanbeexposedtonormalroomair.CScanbegeneratedusingacigarettesmokingmachine(CHTechnologies,Westwood,NJ.)andcanbeeitherexposedeachdayfor4days(acuteexposuremodel)orfor5day
  • Adoptive T-cell transfer colitis model is accepted as a relevant mouse model for human inflammatory bowel disease (IBD).
  • IBD human inflammatory bowel disease
  • the CD4 T-lymphocyte population can be isolated from the spleens of donor mice.
  • a subpopulation of CD4+CD45RB high T-cells can be purified by cell sorting using flow cytometry.
  • the purified CD4+CD45RB high T-cells can be injected into the peritoneal cavity of the recipient severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice.
  • Colitis can develop approximately three to six weeks after T-cell transfer, which can be monitored by loss of body weight.
  • Testing of VAP-1 inhibitors and controls can then be initiated three weeks after injecting purified CD4+CD45RBhigh T-cells to the recipient SCID mice, when colitis has already developed, and can be continued for four weeks until the study ends.
  • the therapeutic effects can be monitored by observation of body weights.
  • the disease development and effects of the treatments can be further quantified by measuring colon weight and length, and colon histology by H&E staining for inflammation and structural changes in mucosa that are related to the disease.
  • Example 13 Diabetic nephropathy model
  • mice can undergo partial nephrectomy followed by treatment with streptozotocin (STZ) using a modification of previously described methods (Uil M, Sci. Rep., 1-10). Animals can then receive treatment with VAP-1 inhibitors for 6-12 weeks. Urinary albumin-to-creatine ratio (UACR) and glomerular injury and collagen deposition can then be measured.
  • STZ streptozotocin
  • the effects of VAP-1 inhibition on arthritis can be assessed using the K/BxN serum- transfer or complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA)-evoked active immunization models as previously described (Horvath A, Sci. Rep. , 1-13).
  • CFA complete Freund's adjuvant
  • arthritis can be induced by injecting 8-12 week old, male CD-I mice with 300 ⁇ l i.p. K/BxN or control BxN serum starting on day 0. Mice can then receive VAP-1 inhibitors or vehicle controls starting 30 minutes prior to the first serum injections and continuing for 13 days.
  • Ankle edema, hyperalgesia, joint function, clinical inflammation severity, plasma leakage and MPO activity can be assessed in vivo during the 2-week experimental period.
  • mice can be administered with 20 ⁇ l of CFA via intraplantar injection into the left paw and subcutaneously (s.c.) into the tail root.
  • An additional s.c. injection into the tail can be administered 24 hours later to potentiate the systemic effects and mimic arthritis in humans.
  • Mice can then receive VAP-1 inhibitors or vehicle controls starting 30 minutes prior to serum injections on day 0 and continuing for 21 days.
  • Ankle edema, hyperalgesia, plasma leakage and MPO-activity can be assessed in vivo during the 3- week experimental period, and histopathology of the tibiotarsal joints can be performed at the end of the study.
  • Example 15 Model of diabetic retinopathy and macular edema/ocular permeability
  • the effects of VAP-1 inhibition on diabetic retinopathy and ocular permeability in rats can be measured as previously described (Noda K, Exp. Eye. Res. , 89(5):774— 781) (Inoue T, Bioorg Med Chem , 21(13):3873— 3881).
  • male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats can be purchased from Charles River Laboratory (200-300 g) After a 1 week acclimation period, animals can be weighed and injected intraperitoneally with 65 mg/kg of streptozotocin (STZ; Sigma-Aldrich, St.
  • mice 25-30g
  • IMQ imiquimod cream
  • 5 mg IMQ can be applied to the right ear, daily for 7 days.
  • Vehicle control mice can be applied with Vaseline.
  • mice can be treated daily with VAP-1 inhibitors by oral gavage (PO).
  • PO oral gavage
  • ear tissue can be harvested to measure ear thickening, using a digital micrometer, and inflammation by H&E staining.
  • Back skin can also be measured for thickening, histological inflammation by H&E and RNA and protein expression of inflammatory markers.
  • Example 17 Carbon tetrachloride (CC1 4 -induced Liver fibrosis model
  • Analysis of the use of SSAO inhibitors to treat liver fibrosis can be performed using the CC1 4 -induced liver fibrosis model.
  • vehicle olive oil
  • CCL 1-2 ⁇ L/g (1:1 in olive oil); 2 times per week
  • PO oral gavage
  • Rats can then be dosed with inhibitors either: 1) in a preventative manner from day 0 onward or 2) in a therapeutic manner, starting 2 or 4 weeks after the initiation of CCL dosing.
  • plasma and tissue can be harvested to determine drug concentrations, SSAO activity, liver enzymes and liver fibrosis, inflammation and pro-fibrotic gene or protein expression in both the vehicle and drug- treated groups
  • Example 18 NASH liver fibrosis model
  • SSAO inhibitors to treat liver steatosis/inflammation/fibrosis can be performed using rodent high fat diet-induced models of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH).
  • NASH rodent high fat diet-induced models of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis
  • mouse NASH models can be run as previously described (World J Hepatol 2016 June 8; 8(16): 673-684).
  • mice can undergo pulmonary challenge with LPS to induce inflammatory cell infiltration and cytokine production.
  • LPS lipoprotein
  • mice can be administered with vehicle or SSAO inhibitor by oral gavage, 1-2 hr prior to LPS challenge. Inflammation can then be induced by oropharyngeal instillation of vehicle (phosphate-buffered saline) or LPS.
  • mice can be killed and bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) fluid collected for recovery of airway luminal cells and cytokine analysis.
  • BAL bronchoalveolar lavage
  • the trachea can be cannulated and lavaged with 1.0 mL heparinized (10 U/ml) saline. An aliquot of the lavage can then be reserved for total and differential white cell counts and the remaining fluid can be centrifuged and the supernatants used to measure cytokines.
  • Example 20 Mouse bleomycin lung fibrosis model
  • lung fibrosis can be induced by oropharyngeal instillation of bleomycin (Blenoxane, Henry Schein Catalog#1045785).
  • mice can be anesthetized with isoflurane (5% in 100% O2) and then be hung on a board by their teeth in a reclined position.
  • Bleomycin (BLM; 1-5.0 U/kg) can be delivered by oropharyngeal instillation whereby BLM is dripped onto the vocal chords (2.5pL/g volume) facilitating aspiration.
  • SSAO compounds can be administered prior to BLM challenge (preventative dosing) or at different timepoints after BLM challenge (therapeutic dosing).
  • mice can be killed for analysis of lung inflammation and cytokine release, pulmonary vascular leakage and lung fibrosis.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Described herein are methods of treatment of diseases and disorders with semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) inhibitors.

Description

SSAO INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE
CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/016,722, filed on April 28, 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Described herein are methods of using semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) inhibitors in the treatment of conditions, diseases, or disorders associated with SSAO activity.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) is a member of the semicarbazide- sensitive amino oxidase family, and is also known as AOC3 (amine oxidase, copper containing 3) or VAP-1 (vascular adhesion protein 1). SSAO is an enzyme that exists both as a membrane- bound and a soluble isoform. It is highly expressed in the lung, aorta, liver and ileum. SSAO has been implicated in the pathogenesis of liver diseases (Weston, C.J. et al, J Neural. Transm.
2011, 118, 1055-1064). SSAO inhibition is a treatment modality for numerous diseases or disorders.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0004] Described herein are methods of treating a disease or disorder with an SSAO inhibitor of Formula (I) disclosed herein. In one aspect, described herein is a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) having the structure: wherein:
Figure imgf000002_0001
Figure imgf000003_0001
is a C3-iocycloalkyl ring;
X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-;
Z is H, F, or Cl;
R1 is halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-ioaryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)(R5), -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -S(O)R7, -OC(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5)-, S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2N(R6)C(O)R7, -CH2S(O)2R7, or - CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a; each R2 and each R3 are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, - OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R1 1)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b;
R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2. 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c;
R5 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d;
R6 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e; each R8 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14f; each R9 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14g; each R10 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14h; each R11 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R12 is independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14i; each R13 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R14a, R14b, R14c, R14d, R14e, R14f, R14g, R14h, and R14i are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), - OCH2C(O)OR16, and -OC(O)R19, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- 10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6haloalkoxy, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), and - OC(O)R19; each R15 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R16 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R17 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring; each R18 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; each R19 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- iiheterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl;
R20 is selected from H and C1-6alkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and p is 0 or 1.
[0005] In some embodiments, m is 0.
[0006] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la):
Figure imgf000005_0001
Fornula (la); wherein each q is independently 0, 1, or 2.
[0007] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la'):
Figure imgf000005_0002
Formula (la').
[0008] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa):
Figure imgf000005_0003
Formula (Iaa).
[0009] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa'):
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula (Iaa').
[0010] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb):
Figure imgf000006_0002
Fornula (lb); wherein each q is independently 0, 1, or 2; and v is 0, 1, or 2.
[0011] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb'):
Figure imgf000006_0003
Formula (lb').
[0012] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ibb):
Figure imgf000006_0004
Formula (Ibb).
[0013] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ibb'):
Figure imgf000007_0001
[0014] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000007_0002
[0015] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic'):
Figure imgf000007_0003
[0016] In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4, -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), - C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5), -S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2S(O)2R7, or -CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4, -N(R6)C(O)R7, - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), or -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, and C2-9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C2-9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is H. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R14c. In some embodiments, R5 is H. In some embodiments, R5 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d. In some embodiments, R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a spirocyclic C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is -CH3.
In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, R6 is H. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-9heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- loaryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)RC1(01 )N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, - S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -C(O)R12, - S(O)2R12, and -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, -OR8, and -N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, n is 2. In some embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -S(O)2-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-. In some embodiments, R20 is H. In some embodiments, R20 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H. In some embodiments is a compound of Formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, p is 0. In some embodiments, p is 1.
[0017] In some embodiments described herein, the disease or disorder is a gastrointestinal disease selected from inflammatory bowel disease.
[0018] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is an autoimmune disease selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune hepatitis, and primary Sjogren’s syndrome. [0019] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a cardiovascular disease or disorder selected from congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, and ischemic stroke.
[0020] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is an ocular disease selected from wet AMD, central retinal vein occlusion, and uveitis.
[0021] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is a skin disease selected from psoriasis, eczema, and pyogenic granuloma.
[0022] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is diabetes.
[0023] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is complications from diabetes selected from diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, and diabetic nephropathy.
[0024] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is chronic renal failure.
[0025] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is liver fibrosis.
[0026] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is graft versus host disease.
[0027] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is Alzheimer disease.
[0028] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma.
[0029] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is sepsis.
[0030] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is sickle cell disease.
[0031] In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is obesity.
[0032] In some embodiments, the compound is administered to the subject by intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration. [0033] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments in which the effective amount of the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is: (a) systemically administered to the subject; and/or (b) administered orally to the subject; and/or (c) intravenously administered to the subject; and/or (d) administered by inhalation; and/or (e) administered by nasal administration; or and/or (f) administered by injection to the subject; and/or (g) administered topically to the subject; and/or (h) administered by ophthalmic administration; and/or (i) administered rectally to the subject; and/or (j) administered non- systemically or locally to the subject.
[0034] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which the compound is administered once a day to the subject or the compound is administered to the subject multiple times over the span of one day. In some embodiments, the compound is administered on a continuous dosing schedule. In some embodiments, the compound is administered on a continuous daily dosing schedule.
[0035] In any of the aforementioned aspects involving the treatment of a disease or disorder are further embodiments comprising administering at least one additional agent in addition to the administration of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (lb), or (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In various embodiments, each agent is administered in any order, including simultaneously.
[0036] In any of the embodiments disclosed herein, the subject or subject is a human.
[0037] In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are administered to a human.
[0038] In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are orally administered.
[0039] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
[0040] Other objects, features and advantages of the compounds, methods and compositions described herein will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating specific embodiments, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the instant disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION [0041] Semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) is a member of the semicarbazide- sensitive amino oxidase family, and is also known as AOC3 (amine oxidase, copper containing 3) or VAP-1 (vascular adhesion protein 1). SSAO (AOC3) has two closely related genes in the human genome. AOC1 which corresponds to a diamine oxidase (DAO) found in gut, lung and kidney (Chassande, O. et al, J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269: 14484-14489) and AOC2, a SSAO with expression in the eye (Imamura, Y. et al, Genomics, 1997, 40: 277-283). AOC4 is a sequence that does not lead to a functional gene product in humans (Schwelberger, H. G. J. Neural Transm., 2007, 1 14: 757-762).
[0042] SSAO has at least two physiological functions. In some cases, SSAO functions as an amine oxidase in which primary amines may be oxidized to aldehydes, leading to the release of ammonia and hydrogen peroxide upon regeneration of the cofactor 2,4,5-trihydroxy-phenyl- alanyl-quinone (TPQ). Endogenous substrates include methylamine, dopamine and aminoacetone. Aldehyde products generated under high AOC3 levels can be highly reactive, leading to glycation end products which may be regarded as drivers of diabetes associated inflammatory mechanisms (Mathys, K. C. et ,l, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 2002, 297: 863-869). In addition, hydrogen peroxide produced by SSAO can directly lead to direct cellular damage or be sensed by the tissue as a messenger of inflammation and so lead to further propagation of inflammatory processes.
[0043] In some cases, SSAO has cell adhesion activity, with SSAO having been shown to be important for leukocyte rolling, adhesion and transmigration in response to inflammatory stimuli (Salmi et al, Antoxidants and Redox Signaling, 2017). Both activities are associated with inflammatory processes.
[0044] SSAO was also shown to play a role in extravasation of inflammatory cells from the circulation to sites of inflammation (Salmi M.; Trends Immunol. 2001, 22, 21 1-216). SSAO antibodies have been shown to attenuate inflammatory processes by blocking the adhesion site of the SSAO protein. In addition, inhibitors of the amine oxidase activity of SSAO have been found to interfere with leukocyte rolling, adhesion and extravasation and, in a similar manner to SSAO antibodies, exhibit anti-inflammatory properties.
[0045] SSAO has been implicated in the pathogenesis of liver diseases such as fatty liver disease (Weston, C.J. et al., J Neural. Transm. 2011, 118, 1055-1064). In some embodiments, serum SSAO is elevated in patients with fatty liver disease and correlates with histological markers of liver injury. In some embodiments, SSAO has been shown to contribute to liver fibrosis in preclinical models induced by chemical injury and diet induction. SSAO knock-out animals, or SSAO inhibition using an antibody are protective in both of these models (Weston et al; J. Clin. Invest., 2015, 125, 2, 501-520).
[0046] The influence of VAP-1 on leukocyte transmigration and the potential effects of primary amine oxidase-mediated deamination on protein misfolding, inflammation and oxidative stress indicate that VAP-1 has a crucial role in the pathogenesis of diverse human diseases. The adhesive function of VAP-1 can be inhibited by SSAO inhibitors. Inhibition of VAP-1 by several novel small-molecule enzyme inhibitors interferes with leukocyte trafficking and alleviates inflammation in many experimental models (R. Pannecoeck et al., Crit Rev Clin Lab Sci, Early Online, 2015, 1-17) (M. Salmi et al., Antioxid. Redox Signal. 2019, 30, 314-332). Certain Terminology
[0047] Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in this application have the definitions given below. The use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “include”, “includes,” and “included,” is not limiting. The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described. [0048] As used herein, C1-Cx includes C1-C2, C1-C3 . . . C1-Cx. By way of example only, a group designated as "C1-C4" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e. groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms or 4 carbon atoms. Thus, by way of example only, "C1-C4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, «-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
[0049] An “alkyl” group refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The alkyl group is branched or straight chain. In some embodiments, the “alkyl” group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, i.e. a C1- C1oalkyl. Whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 10” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “1 to 10 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, 4 carbon atoms, 5 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 10 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated. In some embodiments, an alkyl is a C1- C6alkyl. In one aspect, the alkyl is methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec- butyl, or t-butyl. Typical alkyl groups include, but are in no way limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, or hexyl.
[0050] An “alkylene” group refers to a divalent alkyl radical. Any of the above mentioned monovalent alkyl groups may be an alkylene by abstraction of a second hydrogen atom from the alkyl. In some embodiments, an alkylene is a C1-C6alkylene. In other embodiments, an alkylene is a C1-C4alkylene. In certain embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to four carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C4 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to three carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C3 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one to two carbon atoms ( e.g ., C1-C2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises one carbon atom (e.g., C1 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises two carbon atoms (e.g., C2 alkylene). In other embodiments, an alkylene comprises two to four carbon atoms (e.g., C2-C4 alkylene). Typical alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-, -CH2CH2- , -CH2CH(CH3)-, -CH2C(CH3)2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2CH2-, and the like.
[0051] “Deuteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group where 1 or more hydrogen atoms of an alkyl are replaced with deuterium.
[0052] The term “alkenyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon-carbon double bond is present. In one embodiment, an alkenyl group has the formula -C(R)=CR2, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkenyl group, which may be the same or different. In some embodiments, R is H or an alkyl. In some embodiments, an alkenyl is selected from ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), propenyl (i.e., allyl), butenyl, pentenyl, pentadienyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of an alkenyl group include -CH=CH2, -C(CH3)=CH2, - CH=CHCH3, -C(CH3)=CHCH3, and -CH2CH=CH2.
[0053] The term “alkynyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon-carbon triple bond is present. In one embodiment, an alkenyl group has the formula -C≡C-R, wherein R refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group. In some embodiments, R is H or an alkyl. In some embodiments, an alkynyl is selected from ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include -C≡CH, -C≡CCH3 -C≡CCH2CH3, -CH2C≡CH.
[0054] An “alkoxy” group refers to a (alkyl)O- group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
[0055] The term “alkylamine” refers to the -N(alkyl)xHy group, where x is 0 and y is 2, or where x is 1 and y is 1, or where x is 2 and y is 0.
[0056] The term “aromatic” refers to a planar ring having a delocalized p-electron system containing 4n+2 p electrons, where n is an integer. The term “aromatic” includes both carbocyclic aryl (“aryl”, e.g., phenyl) and heterocyclic aryl (or “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic”) groups (e.g., pyridine). The term includes monocyclic or fused-ring polycyclic (i.e., rings which share adjacent pairs of carbon or nitrogen atoms) groups.
[0057] The term “carbocyclic” or “carbocycle” refers to a ring or ring system where the atoms forming the backbone of the ring are all carbon atoms. The term thus distinguishes carbocyclic from “heterocyclic” rings or “heterocycles” in which the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different from carbon. In some embodiments, at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic carbocycle is aromatic. In some embodiments, both rings of a bicyclic carbocycle are aromatic. Carbocycle includes cycloalkyl and aryl.
[0058] As used herein, the term “aryl” refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. In one aspect, aryl is phenyl or a naphthyl. In some embodiments, an aryl is a phenyl. In some embodiments, an aryl is a C6-C10aryl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group is a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
[0059] The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic aliphatic, non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e. skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom. In some embodiments, cycloalkyls are spirocyclic or bridged compounds. In some embodiments, cycloalkyls are optionally fused with an aromatic ring, and the point of attachment is at a carbon that is not an aromatic ring carbon atom. Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. In some embodiments, cycloalkyl groups are selected from among cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, spiro[2.2]pentyl, norbomyl and bicyclo[l.l.l]pentyl. In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl is a C3- C6cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl is a monocyclic cycloalkyl. Monocyclic cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Polycyclic cycloalkyls include, for example, adamantyl, norbomyl {i.e., bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl and bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl), norbomenyl, decalinyl, 7,7-dimethyl-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, and the like.
[0060] The term “halo” or, alternatively, “halogen” or “halide” means fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. In some embodiments, halo is fluoro, chloro, or bromo.
[0061] The term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a halogen atom. In one aspect, a fluoroalkyl is a C1-C6fluoroalkyl.
[0062] The term “fluoroalkyl” refers to an alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a fluorine atom. In one aspect, a fluoroalkyl is a C1-C6fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, a fluoroalkyl is selected from trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, l-fluoromethyl-2-fluoroethyl, and the like.
[0063] The term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more skeletal atoms of the alkyl are selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen (e.g. -NH-, - N(alkyl)-, sulfur, or combinations thereof. A heteroalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule at a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl. In one aspect, a heteroalkyl is a C1-C6heteroalkyl.
[0064] The term “heteroalkylene” refers to a divalent heteroalkyl radical.
[0065] The term "heterocycle" or “heterocyclic” refers to heteroaromatic rings (also known as heteroaryls) and heterocycloalkyl rings (also known as heteroalicyclic groups) containing one to four heteroatoms in the ring(s), where each heteroatom in the ring(s) is selected from O, S and N, wherein each heterocyclic group has from 3 to 10 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that any ring does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms. In some embodiments, heterocycles are monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic, spirocyclic or bridged compounds. Nonaromatic heterocyclic groups (also known as heterocycloalkyls) include rings having 3 to 10 atoms in its ring system and aromatic heterocyclic groups include rings having 5 to 10 atoms in its ring system. The heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems. Examples of nonaromatic heterocyclic groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thioxanyl, piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrrolin-2-yl, pyrrolin-3-yl, indolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl, dithiolanyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, 3- azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 5- azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexanyl, 6-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 3H-indolyl, indolin-2-onyl, isoindolin-l-onyl, isoindoline-l,3-dionyl, 3,4-dihydroisoquinolin-l(2H)-onyl, 3,4-dihydroquinolin-2(lH)-onyl, isoindoline-l,3-dithionyl, benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-onyl, lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-onyl, benzo[d]thiazol-2(3H)-onyl, and quinolizinyl. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, and furopyridinyl. The foregoing groups are either C-attached (or C-linked) or /V-attached where such is possible. For instance, a group derived from pyrrole includes both pyrrol-l-yl (/V-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached). Further, a group derived from imidazole includes imidazol-l-yl or imidazol-3-yl (bothN- attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all C-attached). The heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems. Non-aromatic heterocycles are optionally substituted with one or two oxo (=O) moieties, such as pyrrolidin-2-one. In some embodiments, at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic heterocycle is aromatic. In some embodiments, both rings of a bicyclic heterocycle are aromatic. [0066] The terms “heteroaryl” or, alternatively, “heteroaromatic” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include monocyclic heteroaryls and bicyclic heteroaryls. Monocyclic heteroaryls include pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and furazanyl. Bicyclic heteroaryls include indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indazole, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, and pteridine. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms, 0-1 0 atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms, 0-1 0 atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, heteroaryl is a C1-C9heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclic heteroaryl is a C1-C5heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclic heteroaryl is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, bicyclic heteroaryl is a C6-C9heteroaryl.
[0067] A “heterocycloalkyl” or “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In some embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl is fused with an aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl is oxazolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidin-2-onyl, pyrrolidine-2, 5-dithionyl, pyrrolidine-2, 5-dionyl, pyrrolidinonyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolidin-2-onyl, or thiazolidin-2-onyl. The term heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides. In one aspect, a heterocycloalkyl is a C2- C1oheterocycloalkyl. In another aspect, a heterocycloalkyl is a C4-C1oheterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl contains 0-2 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heterocycloalkyl contains 0-2 N atoms, 0-2 O atoms and 0-1 S atoms in the ring.
[0068] The term “oxo” refers to the =O radical.
[0069] The term “bond” or “single bond” refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure. In one aspect, when a group described herein is a bond, the referenced group is absent thereby allowing a bond to be formed between the remaining identified groups. [0070] The term “moiety” refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
[0071] The term “optionally substituted” or “substituted” means that the referenced group is optionally substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, -OH, -CO2H, -CO2alkyl, - C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NH(alkyl), -C(=O)N(alkyl)2, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NH(alkyl), - S(=O)2N(alkyl)2, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, and arylsulfone. In some other embodiments, optional substituents are independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -OH, -CO2H, - C02(C1-C4alkyl), -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NH(C1-C4alkyl), -C(=O)N(C1-C4alkyl)2, -S(=O)2NH2, - S(=O)2NH(C1-C4alkyl), -S(=O)2N(C1-C4alkyl)2, C1-C4alkyl, C3-C6cycloalkyl, C1-C4fluoroalkyl, C1-C4heteroalkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4fluoroalkoxy, -SC1-C4alkyl, -S(=O)C1-C4alkyl, and - S(=O)2C1-C4alkyl. In some embodiments, optional substituents are independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -OH, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, -OCH3, and -OCF3.
In some embodiments, substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the preceding groups. In some embodiments, an optional substituent on an aliphatic carbon atom (acyclic or cyclic) includes oxo (=O).
[0072] The term “acceptable” with respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated.
[0073] The term “modulate” as used herein, means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target.
[0074] The term “modulator” as used herein, refers to a molecule that interacts with a target either directly or indirectly. The interactions include, but are not limited to, the interactions of an agonist, partial agonist, an inverse agonist, antagonist, degrader, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, a modulator is an agonist.
[0075] The terms "administer," "administering", "administration," and the like, as used herein, refer to the methods that may be used to enable delivery of compounds or compositions to the desired site of biological action. These methods include, but are not limited to oral routes, intraduodenal routes, parenteral injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion), topical and rectal administration. Those of skill in the art are familiar with administration techniques that can be employed with the compounds and methods described herein. In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions described herein are administered orally.
[0076] The terms “co-administration” or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
[0077] The terms “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent or a compound being administered, which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated. The result includes reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. For example, an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms. An appropriate “effective” amount in any individual case is optionally determined using techniques, such as a dose escalation study.
[0078] The terms “enhance” or “enhancing,” as used herein, means to increase or prolong either in potency or duration a desired effect. Thus, in regard to enhancing the effect of therapeutic agents, the term “enhancing” refers to the ability to increase or prolong, either in potency or duration, the effect of other therapeutic agents on a system. An “enhancing-effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount adequate to enhance the effect of another therapeutic agent in a desired system.
[0079] The term “pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients. The term “fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term “non-fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient. The latter also applies to cocktail therapy, e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients. [0080] The terms “kit” and “article of manufacture” are used as synonyms.
[0081] The term “subject” or “patient” encompasses mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. In one aspect, the mammal is a human.
[0082] The terms “treat,” “treating” or “treatment,” as used herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating at least one symptom of a disease or disorder, preventing additional symptoms, inhibiting the disease or disorder, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or disorder, relieving the disease or disorder, causing regression of the disease or disorder, relieving a condition caused by the disease or disorder, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or disorder either prophylactically and/or therapeutically.
Methods
[0083] In some embodiments disclosed herein are methods of modulating the activity of SSAO. Contemplated methods, for example, comprise exposing said enzyme to a compound described herein. The ability of compounds described herein to inhibit SSAO is evaluated by procedures known in the art and/or described herein. Another aspect of this disclosure provides methods of treating a disease associated with activity of SSAO in a patient.
[0084] Compounds described herein, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, active metabolites and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof, are SSAO inhibitors.
[0085] In some embodiments is a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B- cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) having the structure:
Figure imgf000019_0001
wherein,
Figure imgf000020_0001
is a C3-10cycloalkyl ring;
X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-;
Z is H, F, or Cl;
R1 is halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)(R5), -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -S(O)R7, -OC(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5)-, S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2N(R6)C(O)R7, -CH2S(O)2R7, or - CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a; each R2 and each R3 are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, - OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2.6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b;
R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2. 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c;
R5 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d;
R6 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e; each R8 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1.6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14f; each R9 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14g; each R10 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14h; each R11 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R12 is independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14i; each R13 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R14a, R14b, R14c, R14d, R14e, R14f, R14g, R14h, and R14i are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), - OCH2C(O)OR16, and -OC(O)R19, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- loaryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6haloalkoxy, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), and - OC(O)R19; each R15 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R16 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R17 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring; each R18 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; each R19 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl;
R20 is selected from H and C1-6alkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and p is 0 or 1.
[0086] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -S-. In some embodiments, X is -S(O)2-. In some embodiments, X is -N(R13)-. In some embodiments, X is -N(H)-. In some embodiments, X is - C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-.
[0087] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is CI. In some embodiments, Z is H.
[0088] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0.
[0089] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I),
Figure imgf000022_0005
is a C3-8cycloalkyl ring. In some embodiments, is a
Figure imgf000022_0006
cyclooctyl ring. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000022_0001
is a cycloheptyl ring. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000022_0007
is a cyclohexyl ring. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000022_0002
is a cyclopentyl ring. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000022_0003
is a cyclobutyl ring. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000022_0004
is a cyclopropyl ring.
[0090] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R1 is -OR4, -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), - C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5), -S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2S(O)2R7, or -CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4, -N(R6)C(O)R7, - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), or -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)S(O)2R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is - S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C2-9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is H. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H. In some embodiments, R5 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is H. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6haloalkyl.
[0091] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R1 is -C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(H)CH3.
[0092] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R1 is -C(O)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R1 is - C(O)N(H)CH2CH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is - N(H)C(O)CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)S(O)2CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is - N(H)C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000023_0001
,
[0093] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-9heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a.
[0094] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R1 ; i,s
Figure imgf000024_0001
. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000024_0002
. In some embodiments, R1 is -CH2OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(CH3)2OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000024_0003
. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000024_0004
[0095] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), m is 0.
[0096] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), n is 0.
[0097] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, - N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1- 9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is i or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, and - S(O)2N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, -OR8, and -N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
[0098] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), R20 is H. In some embodiments, R20 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is -CH3.
[0099] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), the compound has the structure of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000025_0001
Formula (Iaa'); wherein,
X is -O-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-;
Z is H, F, or Cl;
R1 is halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)(R5), -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -S(O)R7, -OC(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5)-, S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2N(R6)C(O)R7, -CH2S(O)2R7, or - CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a; each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, - S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b;
R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-
9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c;
R5 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d;
R6 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e; each R8 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14f; each R9 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14g; each R10 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14h; each R11 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R12 is independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14i; each R13 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R14a, R14b, R14c, R14d, R14e, R14f, R14g, R14h, and R14i are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), - OCH2C(O)OR16, and -OC(O)R19, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- 10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6haloalkoxy, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), and - OC(O)R19; each R15 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R16 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R17 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring; each R18 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; each R19 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl;
R20 is selected from H and C1-6alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; p is 0 or 1; and each q is independently 0, 1, or 2.
[00100] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2- , -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -S-. In some embodiments, X is -S(O)2-. In some embodiments, X is -N(R13)-. In some embodiments, X is -N(H)-. In some embodiments, X is -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-.
[00101] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H.
[00102] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0.
[00103] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), each q is 1. In some embodiments, each q is 0. In some embodiments, each q is 2. In some embodiments, one q is 0 and one q is 1. In some embodiments, one q is 1 and one q is 2.
[00104] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), R1 is -OR4, - C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, - N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5), - S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2S(O)2R7, or -CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4, -N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), or -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)S(O)2R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is - C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C2-9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is H. In some embodiments,
R4 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H. In some embodiments, R5 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1- 6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C1- 6alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C2- 9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is H. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6haloalkyl.
[00105] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), R1 is -C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(H)CH3.
[00106] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), R1 is -C(O)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(H)CH2CH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)C(O)CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)S(O)2CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R is
Figure imgf000029_0002
. In some embodiments, R is
Figure imgf000029_0001
.
[00107] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1- 9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-9heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. [00108] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), R is
Figure imgf000029_0003
. In some embodiments, R is
Figure imgf000029_0004
. In some embodiments, R1 is -CH2OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(CH3)2OCH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000029_0005
. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000029_0006
[00109] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), n is 0.
[00110] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), - OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, - N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -N(R9)(R10), - C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, and -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1- 6alkyl, -OR8, and -N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
[00111] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (la), Formula (la'), Formula (Iaa) or Formula (Iaa'), R20 is H. In some embodiments, R20 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is -CH3.
[00112] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), the compound has the structure of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000030_0001
Formula (lb');
Figure imgf000031_0001
Formula (Ibb'); wherein,
X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-;
Z is H, F, or Cl;
R1 is halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)(R5), -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -S(O)R7, -OC(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5)-, S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2N(R6)C(O)R7, -CH2S(O)2R7, or - CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a; each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, - S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b;
R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2. 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c;
R5 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1.6haloalkyl; or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d;
R6 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e; each R8 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14f; each R9 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14g; each R10 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14h; each R11 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R12 is independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14i; each R13 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R14a, R14b, R14c, R14d, R14e, R14f, R14g, R14h, and R14i are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), - OCH2C(O)OR16, and -OC(O)R19, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- loaryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6haloalkoxy, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), and - OC(O)R19; each R15 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R16 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R17 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring; each R18 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; each R19 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl;
R20 is selected from H and C1-6alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; p is 0 or 1; each q is independently 0, 1, or 2; and v is 0, 1, or 2.
[00113] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), X is -0-, -S-, - S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -S-. In some embodiments, X is -S(O)2-. In some embodiments, X is -N(R13)-. In some embodiments, X is -N(H)-. In some embodiments, X is -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is - CH2-.
[00114] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H.
[00115] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0. [00116] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), each q is 1. In some embodiments, each q is 0. In some embodiments, each q is 2. In some embodiments, one q is 0 and one q is 1. In some embodiments, one q is 1 and one q is 2. In some embodiments, v is 1. In some embodiments, v is 0. In some embodiments, v is 2. In some embodiments, each q is 1 and v is 1. In some embodiments, each q is 1 and v is 2. In some embodiments, each q is 1 and v is 0. [00117] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), R1 is -OR4, - C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, - N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5), - S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2S(O)2R7, or -CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4, -N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), or -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)S(O)2R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is - C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C2-9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is H. In some embodiments,
R4 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H. In some embodiments, R5 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1- 6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C 2. 9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C1- 6alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C 2. 9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is H. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6haloalkyl. [00118] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), R1 is -C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(H)CH3.
[00119] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), R1 is - C(O)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(H)CH2CH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)C(O)CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is - N(H)S(O)2CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -
OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000035_0001
. In some embodiments, R is
Figure imgf000035_0002
. [00120] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1- 9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-9heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. [00121] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), R1 is
Figure imgf000035_0003
. In some embodiments, R is
Figure imgf000035_0004
In some embodiments, R1 is -CH2OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(CH3)2OCH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000035_0005
. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000035_0006
[00122] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), n is 0.
[00123] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), - OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, - N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -N(R9)(R10), - C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, and -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1- 6alkyl, -OR8, and -N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
[00124] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (lb), Formula (lb'), Formula (Ibb), or Formula (Ibb'), R20 is H. In some embodiments, R20 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is -CH3.
[00125] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (I), the compound has the structure of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000036_0001
Formula (Ic'); wherein:
X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-;
Z is H, F, or C1;
R1 is halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)(R5), -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -S(O)R7, -OC(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5)-, S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2N(R6)C(O)R7, -CH2S(O)2R7, or - CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a; each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, - S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b;
R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2. 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c;
R5 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d;
R6 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e; each R8 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14f; each R9 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14g; each R10 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14h; each R11 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R12 is independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14i; each R13 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R14a, R14b, R14c, R14d, R14e, R14f, R14g, R14h, and R14i are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, C1.9heteroaryl, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), - OCH2C(O)OR16, and -OC(O)R19, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- loaryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6haloalkoxy, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), and - OC(O)R19; each R15 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R16 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R17 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring; each R18 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; each R19 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl;
R20 is selected from H and C1-6alkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; p is 0 or 1; and q is 0, 1, or 2.
[00126] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -0-. In some embodiments, X is -S-. In some embodiments, X is - S(O)2-. In some embodiments, X is -N(R13)-. In some embodiments, X is -N(H)-. In some embodiments, X is -C(R13)2-. In some embodiments, X is -CH2-.
[00127] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), Z is H, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is F. In some embodiments, Z is Cl. In some embodiments, Z is H.
[00128] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 0.
[00129] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), q is 2. In some embodiments, q is 1. In some embodiments, q is 0.
[00130] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), R1 is -OR4, -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5), -S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), - CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2S(O)2R7, or -CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4, - N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), or - S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -OR4. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -N(R6)S(O)2R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R7. In some embodiments, R1 is -C(O)N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2N(R4)(R5). In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c. In some embodiments, R4 is H. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is H. In some embodiments, R5 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R5 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1- 6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C1- 6alkyl. In some embodiments, R7 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R7 is unsubstituted C2- 9heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is H. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6haloalkyl.
[00131] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), R1 is -C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is - C(O)N(H)CH3.
[00132] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), R1 is -C(O)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R1 is - C(O)N(H)CH2CH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is -S(O)2NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is - N(H)C(O)CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is -N(H)S(O)2CH3. In some embodiments, R1 is - N(H)C(O)NH2. In some embodiments, R1 is -OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000040_0001
,
[00133] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-9heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a.
[00134] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), R1 is
Figure imgf000040_0002
. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000040_0003
. In some embodiments, R1 is -CH2OCH2CO2H. In some embodiments, R1 is - C(CH3)2OCH2C02H. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000041_0001
. In some embodiments, R1 is
Figure imgf000041_0002
[00135] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), n is 0.
[00136] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, - OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, - S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, - CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, - C(O)N(R9)(R10), -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, and -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b. In some embodiments, n is 1 or 2 and each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1- 6alkyl, -OR8, and -N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
[00137] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder with a compound of Formula (Ic) or Formula (Ic'), R20 is H. In some embodiments, R20 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is -CH3.
[00138] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
[00139] In some embodiments is a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B- cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure provided in Table 1. TABLE 1
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
[00140] In some embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of a compound that is described in Table 1.
[00141] In some embodiments is a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B- cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound having the structure provided in Table 2.
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00142] In some embodiments, provided herein is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of a compound that is described in Table 2.
[00143] In some embodiments is a method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B- cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
(lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00144] In some embodiments is a method for treating a gastrointestinal disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating a gastrointestinal disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the gastrointestinal disease or disorder is inflammatory bowel disease.
[00145] In some embodiments is a method for treating an autoimmune disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating an autoimmune disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the autoimmune disease is selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune hepatitis, and primary Sjogren’s syndrome. In some embodiments is a method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating multiple sclerosis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating autoimmune hepatitis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating primary Sjogren’s syndrome in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00146] In some embodiments is a method for treating a cardiovascular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating a cardiovascular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the cardiovascular disease is selected from congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, and ischemic stroke. In some embodiments is a method for treating congestive heart failure in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
(lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating atherosclerosis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
(lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating ischemic stroke in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb),
(lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00147] In some embodiments is a method for treating an ocular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating an ocular disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the ocular disease or disorder is selected from wet AMD, central retinal vein occlusion, and uveitis. In some embodiments is a method for treating wet AMD in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating central retinal vein occlusion in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating uveitis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00148] In some embodiments is a method for treating a skin disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating a skin disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the skin disease or disorder is selected from psoriasis, eczema, and pyogenic granulomas. In some embodiments is a method for psoriasis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating eczema in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating pyogenic granulomas in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00149] In some embodiments is a method for treating diabetes in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating complications from diabetes in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating complications from diabetes in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the complications from diabetes are selected from diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, and diabetic nephropathy. In some embodiments is a method for treating diabetic retinopathy in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating diabetic macular edema in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments is a method for treating diabetic nephropathy in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. [00150] In some embodiments is a method for treating chronic renal failure in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00151] In some embodiments is a method for treating liver fibrosis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. [00152] In some embodiments is a method for treating graft versus host disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00153] In some embodiments is a method for treating Alzheimer disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00154] In some embodiments is a method for treating extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
[00155] In some embodiments is a method for treating sepsis in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. [00156] In some embodiments is a method for treating sickle cell disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. [00157] In some embodiments is a method for treating obesity in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. [00158] In some embodiments of the methods for treating a disease or disorder described herein, the compound of Formula (I), (la), (la'), (Iaa), (Iaa'), (lb), (lb'), (Ibb), (Ibb'), (Ic), (Ic'), or a compound disclosed in Table 1 and 2 described herein is in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salt. As well, active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity are included in the scope of the present disclosure. In addition, the compounds described herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. The solvated forms of the compounds presented herein are also considered to be disclosed herein.
[00159] In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound described herein with an acid to provide a "pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt." In some embodiments, the compound described herein (i.e. free base form) is basic and is reacted with an organic acid or an inorganic acid. Inorganic acids include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and metaphosphoric acid. Organic acids include, but are not limited to, 1 -hydroxy -2-naphthoic acid; 2,2-dichloroacetic acid; 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid; 2-oxoglutaric acid; 4-acetamidobenzoic acid; 4-aminosalicylic acid; acetic acid; adipic acid; ascorbic acid (L); aspartic acid (L); benzenesulfonic acid; benzoic acid; camphoric acid (+); camphor- 10-sulfonic acid (+); capric acid (decanoic acid); caproic acid (hexanoic acid); caprylic acid (octanoic acid); carbonic acid; cinnamic acid; citric acid; cyclamic acid; dodecylsulfuric acid; ethane-1, 2-disulfonic acid; ethanesulfonic acid; formic acid; fumaric acid; galactaric acid; gentisic acid; glucoheptonic acid (D); gluconic acid (D); glucuronic acid (D); glutamic acid; glutaric acid; glycerophosphoric acid; glycolic acid; hippuric acid; isobutyric acid; lactic acid (DL); lactobionic acid; lauric acid; maleic acid; malic acid (- L); malonic acid; mandelic acid (DL); methanesulfonic acid; monomethyl fumarate, naphthalene- 1, 5-disulfonic acid; naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid; nicotinic acid; oleic acid; oxalic acid; palmitic acid; pamoic acid; phosphoric acid; proprionic acid; pyroglutamic acid (- L); salicylic acid; sebacic acid; stearic acid; succinic acid; sulfuric acid; tartaric acid (+ L); thiocyanic acid; toluenesulfonic acid (p ); and undecylenic acid.
[00160] In some embodiments, a compound described herein is prepared as a chloride salt, sulfate salt, bromide salt, mesylate salt, maleate salt, citrate salt or phosphate salt. [00161] In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound described herein with a base to provide a "pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt."
[00162] In some embodiments, the compound described herein is acidic and is reacted with a base. In such situations, an acidic proton of the compound described herein is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, or an aluminum ion. In some cases, compounds described herein coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, meglumine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine. In other cases, compounds described herein form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton, include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, and the like. In some embodiments, the compounds provided herein are prepared as a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, magnesium salt, meglumine salt, N-methylglucamine salt or ammonium salt. [00163] It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms. In some embodiments, solvates contain either stoichiometric or non- stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are formed during the process of isolating or purifying the compound with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates of compounds described herein are conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein optionally exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms.
[00164] The methods and formulations described herein include the use of A-oxides (if appropriate), crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds described herein, as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
[00165] In some embodiments, sites on the organic radicals (e.g. alkyl groups, aromatic rings) of compounds described herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactions. Incorporation of appropriate substituents on the organic radicals will reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway. In specific embodiments, the appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example only, a halogen, deuterium, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, or a deuteroalkyl group. [00166] In another embodiment, the compounds described herein are labeled isotopically (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by another other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels. [00167] Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and chlorine, such as, for example, 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 35S, 18F, 36C1. In one aspect, isotopically-labeled compounds described herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. In one aspect, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium affords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. In some embodiments, one or more hydrogen atoms of the compounds described herein is replaced with deuterium.
[00168] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein possess one or more stereocenters and each stereocenter exists independently in either the R or S configuration. The compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, atropisomers, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. The compounds and methods provided herein include all cis, trans, syn, anti, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
[00169] Individual stereoisomers are obtained, if desired, by methods such as, stereoselective synthesis and/or the separation of stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds/salts, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomers. In some embodiments, resolution of enantiomers is carried out using covalent diastereomeric derivatives of the compounds described herein. In another embodiment, diastereomers are separated by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility. In other embodiments, separation of steroisomers is performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric salts and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof. Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1981. In some embodiments, stereoisomers are obtained by stereoselective synthesis. [00170] In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as prodrugs. A “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they are easier to administer than the parent drug. They are, for instance, bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may be a substrate for a transporter. Further or alternatively, the prodrug also has improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. An example, without limitation, of a prodrug is a compound described herein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) but then is metabolically hydrolyzed to provide the active entity. A further example of a prodrug is a short peptide (polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolized to reveal the active moiety. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. [00171] Prodrugs of the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, esters, ethers, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, amino acid conjugates, phosphate esters, and sulfonate esters. See for example Design of Prodrugs, Bundgaard, A. Ed., Elseview, 1985 and Method in Enzymology, Widder, K. et al ., Ed.; Academic, 1985, vol. 42, p. 309-396; Bundgaard, H. “Design and Application of Prodrugs” in A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Krosgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Ed., 1991, Chapter 5, p. 113-191; and Bundgaard, H., Advanced Drug Delivery Review, 1992, 8, 1-38, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, a hydroxyl group in the compounds disclosed herein is used to form a prodrug, wherein the hydroxyl group is incorporated into an acyloxyalkyl ester, alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl ester, alkyl ester, aryl ester, phosphate ester, sugar ester, ether, and the like. In some embodiments, a hydroxyl group in the compounds disclosed herein is a prodrug wherein the hydroxyl is then metabolized in vivo to provide a carboxylic acid group. In some embodiments, a carboxyl group is used to provide an ester or amide (i.e. the prodrug), which is then metabolized in vivo to provide a carboxylic acid group. In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as alkyl ester prodrugs.
[00172] Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound described herein as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds is a prodrug for another derivative or active compound. [00173] Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound described herein as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds is a prodrug for another derivative or active compound. In some embodiments, a prodrug of the compound disclosed herein permits targeted delivery of the compound to a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract. Formation of a pharmacologically active metabolite by the colonic metabolism of drugs is a commonly used “prodrug” approach for the colon-specific drug delivery systems.
[00174] In some embodiments, a prodrug is formed by the formation of a covalent linkage between drug and a carrier in such a manner that upon oral administration the moiety remains intact in the stomach and small intestine. This approach involves the formation of prodrug, which is a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a parent drug molecule that requires spontaneous or enzymatic transformation in the biological environment to release the active drug. Formation of prodrugs has improved delivery properties over the parent drug molecule. The problem of stability of certain drugs from the adverse environment of the upper gastrointestinal tract can be eliminated by prodrug formation, which is converted into parent drug molecule once it reaches into the colon. Site specific drug delivery through site specific prodrug activation may be accomplished by the utilization of some specific property at the target site, such as altered pH or high activity of certain enzymes relative to the non-target tissues for the prodrug-drug conversion.
[00175] In some embodiments, covalent linkage of the drug with a carrier forms a conjugate conjugate. Such conjugates include, but are not limited to, azo bond conjugates, glycoside conjugates, glucuronide conjugates, cyclodextrin conjugates, dextran conjugates or amino-acid conjugates.
[00176] In additional or further embodiments, the compounds described herein are metabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce a metabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including a desired therapeutic effect.
[00177] A “metabolite” of a compound disclosed herein is a derivative of that compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized. The term “active metabolite” refers to a biologically active derivative of a compound that is formed when the compound is metabolized. The term “metabolized,” as used herein, refers to the sum of the processes (including, but not limited to, hydrolysis reactions and reactions catalyzed by enzymes) by which a particular substance is changed by an organism. Thus, enzymes may produce specific structural alterations to a compound. For example, cytochrome P450 catalyzes a variety of oxidative and reductive reactions while uridine diphosphate glucuronyltransferases catalyze the transfer of an activated glucuronic-acid molecule to aromatic alcohols, aliphatic alcohols, carboxylic acids, amines and free sulphydryl groups. Metabolites of the compounds disclosed herein are optionally identified either by administration of compounds to a host and analysis of tissue samples from the host, or by incubation of compounds with hepatic cells in vitro and analysis of the resulting compounds. [00178] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are rapidly metabolized following absorption from the gastro-intestinal tract to metabolites that have greatly reduced SSAO inhibitor activity.
[00179] In additional or further embodiments, the compounds are rapidly metabolized in plasma.
[00180] In additional or further embodiments, the compounds are rapidly metabolized by the intestines.
[00181] In additional or further embodiments, the compounds are rapidly metabolized by the liver.
Synthesis of Compounds
[00182] Compounds described herein are synthesized using standard synthetic techniques or using methods known in the art in combination with methods described herein.
[00183] Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology are employed. [00184] Compounds are prepared using standard organic chemistry techniques such as those described in, for example, March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Alternative reaction conditions for the synthetic transformations described herein may be employed such as variation of solvent, reaction temperature, reaction time, as well as different chemical reagents and other reaction conditions. The starting materials are available from commercial sources or are readily prepared.
[00185] Suitable reference books and treatise that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, "Synthetic Organic Chemistry", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York; S. R. Sandler et ah, "Organic Functional Group Preparations," 2nd Ed., Academic Press,
New York, 1983; H. O. House, "Modem Synthetic Reactions", 2nd Ed., W. A. Benjamin, Inc. Menlo Park, Calif. 1972; T. L. Gilchrist, "Heterocyclic Chemistry", 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992; J. March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure", 4th Ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1992. Additional suitable reference books and treatise that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, Fuhrhop, J. and Penzlin G. "Organic Synthesis: Concepts, Methods, Starting Materials", Second, Revised and Enlarged Edition (1994) John Wiley & Sons ISBN: 3-527-29074-5; Hoffman, R.V. "Organic Chemistry, An Intermediate Text" (1996) Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-509618-5; Larock, R. C. "Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Preparations" 2nd Edition (1999) Wiley-VCH, ISBN: 0-471-19031-4; March, J. "Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure" 4th Edition (1992) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0-471-60180-2; Otera, J. (editor) "Modern Carbonyl Chemistry" (2000) Wiley- VCH, ISBN: 3-527-29871-1; Patai, S. "Patai's 1992 Guide to the Chemistry of Functional Groups" (1992) Interscience ISBN: 0-471-93022-9; Solomons, T. W. G. "Organic Chemistry" 7th Edition (2000) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0-471-19095-0; Stowell, J.C., "Intermediate Organic Chemistry" 2nd Edition (1993) Wiley-Interscience, ISBN: 0-471-57456-2; "Industrial Organic Chemicals: Starting Materials and Intermediates: An Ullmann's Encyclopedia" (1999) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 3-527-29645-X, in 8 volumes; "Organic Reactions" (1942-2000) John Wiley & Sons, in over 55 volumes; and "Chemistry of Functional Groups" John Wiley & Sons, in 73 volumes.
Pharmaceutical compositions
[00186] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the compounds described herein are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredients that facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations that are used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. A summary of pharmaceutical compositions described herein is found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkinsl999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure.
[00187] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, the compounds described herein are administered either alone or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents, in a pharmaceutical composition. Administration of the compounds and compositions described herein can be affected by any method that enables delivery of the compounds to the site of action. These methods include, though are not limited to delivery via enteral routes (including oral, gastric or duodenal feeding tube, rectal suppository and rectal enema), parenteral routes (injection or infusion, including intraarterial, intracardiac, intradermal, intraduodenal, intramedullary, intramuscular, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intravascular, intravenous, intravitreal, epidural and subcutaneous), inhalational, transdermal, transmucosal, sublingual, buccal and topical (including epicutaneous, dermal, enema, eye drops, ear drops, intranasal, vaginal) administration, although the most suitable route may depend upon for example the condition and disorder of the recipient. By way of example only, compounds described herein can be administered locally to the area in need of treatment, by for example, local infusion during surgery, topical application such as creams or ointments, injection, catheter, or implant. The administration can also be by direct injection at the site of a diseased tissue or organ.
[00188] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, pharmaceutical compositions suitable for oral administration are presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or a non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. In some embodiments, the active ingredient is presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
[00189] Pharmaceutical compositions which can be used orally include tablets, push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Tablets may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with binders, inert diluents, or lubricating, surface active or dispersing agents. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. In some embodiments, the tablets are coated or scored and are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein.
All formulations for oral administration should be in dosages suitable for such administration. The push-fit capsules can contain the active ingredients in admixture with filler such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/or lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycols. In some embodiments, stabilizers are added. Dragee cores are provided with suitable coatings. For this purpose, concentrated sugar solutions may be used, which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or Dragee coatings for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.
[00190] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. The compositions may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in powder form or in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example, saline or sterile pyrogen-free water, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
[00191] Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration include aqueous and non- aqueous (oily) sterile injection solutions of the active compounds which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
[00192] Pharmaceutical compositions may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compounds may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example, as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
[00193] For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, pastilles, or gels formulated in conventional manner. Such compositions may comprise the active ingredient in a flavored basis such as sucrose and acacia or tragacanth. [00194] Pharmaceutical compositions may also be formulated in rectal compositions such as suppositories or retention enemas, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, or other glycerides.
[00195] Pharmaceutical compositions may be administered topically, that is by non-systemic administration. This includes the application of a compound of the present invention externally to the epidermis or the buccal cavity and the instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, such that the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream. In contrast, systemic administration refers to oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intramuscular administration.
[00196] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi- liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as gels, liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose. The active ingredient may comprise, for topical administration, from 0.001% to 10% w/w, for instance from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation.
[00197] Pharmaceutical compositions for administration by inhalation are conveniently delivered from an insufflator, nebulizer pressurized packs or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol spray. Pressurized packs may comprise a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Alternatively, for administration by inhalation or insufflation, pharmaceutical preparations may take the form of a dry powder composition, for example a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. The powder composition may be presented in unit dosage form, in for example, capsules, cartridges, gelatin or blister packs from which the powder may be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
[00198] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, a compound disclosed herein is formulated in such a manner that delivery of the compound to a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract is achieved. For example, a compound disclosed herein is formulated for oral delivery with bioadhesive polymers, pH-sensitive coatings, time dependent, biodegradable polymers, microflora activated systems, and the like, in order to effect delivering of the compound to a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract.
[00199] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, a compound disclosed herein is formulated to provide a controlled release of the compound. Controlled release refers to the release of the compound described herein from a dosage form in which it is incorporated according to a desired profile over an extended period of time. Controlled release profiles include, for example, sustained release, prolonged release, pulsatile release, and delayed release profiles. In contrast to immediate release compositions, controlled release compositions allow delivery of an agent to a subject over an extended period of time according to a predetermined profile. Such release rates can provide therapeutically effective levels of agent for an extended period of time and thereby provide a longer period of pharmacologic response while minimizing side effects as compared to conventional rapid release dosage forms. Such longer periods of response provide for many inherent benefits that are not achieved with the corresponding short acting, immediate release preparations.
[00200] Approaches to deliver the intact therapeutic compound to the particular regions of the gastrointestinal tract (e.g. such as the colon), include:
[00201] (i) Coating with polymers: The intact molecule can be delivered to the colon without absorbing at the upper part of the intestine by coating of the drug molecule with the suitable polymers, which degrade only in the colon.
[00202] (ii) Coating with pH-sensitive polymers: The majority of enteric and colon targeted delivery systems are based on the coating of tablets or pellets, which are filled into conventional hard gelatin capsules. Most commonly used pH-dependent coating polymers are methacrylic acid copolymers, commonly known as Eudragit® S, more specifically Eudragit® L and Eudragit® S. Eudragit® L100 and S 100 are copolymers of methacrylic acid and methyl methacrylate.
[00203] (iii) Coating with biodegradable polymers;
[00204] (iv) Embedding in matrices;
[00205] (v) Embedding in biodegradable matrices and hydrogels;
[00206] (vi) Embedding in pH-sensitive matrices;
[00207] (vii) Timed release systems;
[00208] (viii) Redox-sensitive polymers;
[00209] (ix) Bioadhesive systems;
[00210] (x) Coating with microparticles;
[00211] (xi) Osmotic controlled drug delivery;
[00212] Another approach towards colon-targeted drug delivery or controlled-release systems includes embedding the drug in polymer matrices to trap it and release it in the colon. These matrices can be pH-sensitive or biodegradable. Matrix-Based Systems, such as multi-matrix (MMX)-based delayed-release tablets, ensure the drug release in the colon. [00213] Additional pharmaceutical approaches to targeted delivery of therapeutics to particular regions of the gastrointestinal tract are known. Chourasia MK, Jain SK, Pharmaceutical approaches to colon targeted drug delivery systems., J Pharm Pharm Sci. 2003 Jan-Apr;6(l):33- 66. Patel M, Shah T, Amin A. Therapeutic opportunities in colon-specific drug-delivery systems Crit Rev Ther Drug Carrier Syst. 2007;24(2): 147-202. Kumar P, Mishra B. Colon targeted drug delivery systems— an overview. Curr Drug Deliv. 2008 Jul;5(3): 186-98. Van den Mooter G. Colon drug delivery. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2006 Jan;3(l): 111-25. Seth Amidon, Jack E. Brown, and Vivek S. Dave, Colon-Targeted Oral Drug Delivery Systems: Design Trends and Approaches, AAPS PharmSciTech. 2015 Aug; 16(4): 731-741.
[00214] It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the compounds and compositions described herein may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
Methods of Dosing and Treatment Regimens
[00215] In one embodiment of the methods described herein, the compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are used in the preparation of medicaments for the treatment of diseases or disorders in a mammal that would benefit from administration of an SSAO inhibitor. Methods for treating any of the diseases or disorders described herein in a mammal in need of such treatment, involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, active metabolite, prodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said mammal.
[00216] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, are methods of administering an SSAO inhibitor in combination with an additional therapeutic agent.
[00217] In certain embodiments of the methods described herein, the compositions containing the compound(s) described herein are administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In certain therapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or disorder, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest at least one of the symptoms of the disease or disorder. Amounts effective for this use depend on the severity and course of the disease or disorder, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician. Therapeutically effective amounts are optionally determined by methods including, but not limited to, a dose escalation and/or dose ranging clinical trial. [00218] In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a "prophylactically effective amount or dose." In this use, the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. When used in patients, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician. In one aspect, prophylactic treatments include administering to a mammal, who previously experienced at least one symptom of the disease being treated and is currently in remission, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in order to prevent a return of the symptoms of the disease or disorder.
[00219] In certain embodiments of the methods described herein, wherein the patient’s condition does not improve, upon the doctor’s discretion, the compounds are administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient’s life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient’s disease or disorder.
[00220] In certain embodiments of the methods described herein, wherein a patient’s status does improve, the dose of drug being administered is temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”). In specific embodiments, the length of the drug holiday is between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, or more than 28 days. The dose reduction during a drug holiday is, by way of example only, by 10%- 100%, including by way of example only 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, and 100%.
[00221] Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, in specific embodiments, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, is reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. In certain embodiments, however, the patient requires intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms. [00222] The amount of a given agent that corresponds to such an amount varies depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease condition and its severity, the identity (i e.g ., weight, sex) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but nevertheless is determined according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated.
[00223] In general, however, doses employed for adult human treatment are typically in the range of 0.01 mg-5000 mg per day. In one aspect, doses employed for adult human treatment are from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg per day. In one embodiment, the desired dose is conveniently presented in a single dose or in divided doses administered simultaneously or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
[00224] In one embodiment, the daily dosages appropriate for the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg per body weight. In some embodiments, the daily dosage or the amount of active in the dosage form are lower or higher than the ranges indicated herein, based on a number of variables in regard to an individual treatment regime. In various embodiments, the daily and unit dosages are altered depending on a number of variables including, but not limited to, the activity of the compound used, the disease or disorder to be treated, the mode of administration, the requirements of the individual subject, the severity of the disease or disorder being treated, and the judgment of the practitioner.
[00225] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens are determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD50 and the ED50. The dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it is expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED50. In certain embodiments, the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used in formulating the therapeutically effective daily dosage range and/or the therapeutically effective unit dosage amount for use in mammals, including humans. In some embodiments, the daily dosage amount of the compounds described herein lies within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity. In certain embodiments, the daily dosage range and/or the unit dosage amount varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
[00226] In any of the aforementioned aspects of the methods described herein are further embodiments in which the effective amount of the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is: (a) systemically administered to the mammal; and/or (b) administered orally to the mammal; and/or (c) intravenously administered to the mammal; and/or (d) administered by injection to the mammal; and/or (e) administered topically to the mammal; and/or (f) administered non-systemically or locally to the mammal. [00227] In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprising single administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered once a day; or (ii) the compound is administered to the mammal multiple times over the span of one day.
[00228] In any of the aforementioned aspects of the methods described herein are further embodiments comprising multiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound, including further embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered continuously or intermittently: as in a single dose; (ii) the time between multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound is administered to the mammal every 8 hours; (iv) the compound is administered to the mammal every 12 hours; (v) the compound is administered to the mammal every 24 hours. In further or alternative embodiments, the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein the administration of the compound is temporarily suspended or the dose of the compound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end of the drug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed. In one embodiment, the length of the drug holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year.
[00229] In certain instances of the methods described herein, it is appropriate to administer at least one compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents.
[00230] In one embodiment, the therapeutic effectiveness of one of the compounds described herein is enhanced by administration of an adjuvant (i.e., by itself the adjuvant has minimal therapeutic benefit, but in combination with another therapeutic agent, the overall therapeutic benefit to the patient is enhanced). Or, in some embodiments, the benefit experienced by a patient is increased by administering one of the compounds described herein with another agent (which also includes a therapeutic regimen) that also has therapeutic benefit.
[00231] In one specific embodiment, a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with a second therapeutic agent, wherein the compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the second therapeutic agent modulate different aspects of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, thereby providing a greater overall benefit than administration of either therapeutic agent alone. [00232] In any case, regardless of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, the overall benefit experienced by the patient may be additive of the two therapeutic agents or the patient may experience a synergistic benefit.
[00233] In certain embodiments, different therapeutically-effective dosages of the compounds disclosed herein will be utilized in formulating pharmaceutical composition and/or in treatment regimens when the compounds disclosed herein are administered in combination with one or more additional agent, such as an additional therapeutically effective drug, an adjuvant or the like. Therapeutically-effective dosages of drugs and other agents for use in combination treatment regimens is optionally determined by means similar to those set forth hereinabove for the actives themselves. Furthermore, the methods of prevention/treatment described herein encompasses the use of metronomic dosing, i.e., providing more frequent, lower doses in order to minimize toxic side effects. In some embodiments, a combination treatment regimen encompasses treatment regimens in which administration of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is initiated prior to, during, or after treatment with a second agent described herein, and continues until any time during treatment with the second agent or after termination of treatment with the second agent. It also includes treatments in which a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and the second agent being used in combination are administered simultaneously or at different times and/or at decreasing or increasing intervals during the treatment period. Combination treatment further includes periodic treatments that start and stop at various times to assist with the clinical management of the patient.
[00234] It is understood that the dosage regimen to treat, prevent, or ameliorate the condition(s) for which relief is sought, is modified in accordance with a variety of factors (e.g. the disease, disorder or condition from which the subject suffers; the age, weight, sex, diet, and medical condition of the subject). Thus, in some instances, the dosage regimen actually employed varies and, in some embodiments, deviates from the dosage regimens set forth herein.
[00235] For combination therapies described herein, dosages of the co-administered compounds vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the disease or disorder being treated and so forth. In additional embodiments, when co- administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, the compound provided herein is administered either simultaneously with the one or more other therapeutic agents, or sequentially.
[00236] In combination therapies, the multiple therapeutic agents (one of which is one of the compounds described herein) are administered in any order or even simultaneously. If administration is simultaneous, the multiple therapeutic agents are, by way of example only, provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms (e.g., as a single pill or as two separate pills).
[00237] The compounds described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as well as combination therapies, are administered before, during or after the occurrence of a disease or disorder, and the timing of administering the composition containing a compound varies. Thus, in one embodiment, the compounds described herein are used as a prophylactic and are administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to develop conditions or diseases in order to prevent the occurrence of the disease or disorder. In another embodiment, the compounds and compositions are administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. In specific embodiments, a compound described herein is administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or disorder is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease. In some embodiments, the length required for treatment varies, and the treatment length is adjusted to suit the specific needs of each subject. For example, in specific embodiments, a compound described herein or a formulation containing the compound is administered for at least 2 weeks, about 1 month to about 5 years.
[00238] In some embodiments of the methods described herein, an SSAO inhibitor is administered in combination with an additional therapeutic agent for the treatment of a disease or disorder described herein. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is selected from an FXR agonist, an ACC inhibitor, and an ASK-1 inhibitor, or a combination thereof.
EXAMPLES
[00239] The following examples are provided for illustrative purposes only and not to limit the scope of the claims provided herein.
Example 1: Synthesis of Table 1 Compounds
[00240] The compounds of Table 1 were synthesized according to the procedures described in US 16/791,935, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Example 2: Human semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) assay Test Compounds
[00241] Compounds of Table 1 were dissolved in DMSO to provide a Concentration Response Curve (CRC; at 500 times the final concentration) over a range of 6-10 dilutions.
Assay
[00242] Recombinant Human SSAO/VAP-1/AOC3 (R&D systems; Catalog # 3957-AO) was used to screen compound potency in vitro, according to previously described methods (J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2013 Nov; 347(2):365-74). SSAO enzyme was suspended in 50 mM HEPES buffer to a working concentration of 2.5 μg/ml and 40 μL of this enzyme mixture was then added to each well of a F16 Black Maxisorp 96 well Plate (Nunc, Catalog # 475515). Ten microliters of each test compound (at 5 times the final concentration) were added to each well, resulting in a final well volume of 50 pL of the enzyme and inhibitor mixture. The compounds were preincubated with the enzyme for 30 minutes at 37°C, prior to the addition of a 40 μL volume of Amplex Ultra Red (125uM AUR; Molecular Probes, Catalog # A36006)/Horseradish peroxidase (2.5U/ml HRP; Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # P8375) oxidase detection reagent containing cytochrome C (7.5 μM; Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # C7752). Cytochrome C was included in the AUR/HRP detection mixture to reduce the background fluorescence that can occur via the spontaneous redox reaction between AUR and HRP. The SSAO enzyme reaction was then initiated by adding 10 μL of the SSAO substrate, benzylamine (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # B5136), and SSAO activity was measured in kinetic mode over a 30 -120 minute sampling period (excit. 544nm; emit 590nm; cut off 570nm; medium gain) to obtain IC50 values for enzyme activity in each treatment well.
[00243] Representative data for exemplary compounds disclosed herein is presented in Table 3.
TABLE 3
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
where ‘++++’ means IC50 ≤0.01 uM; where ‘+++’ means 0.01 uM< IC50 ≤0.1 uM.
Example 3: Mouse semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (SSAO) Assay [00244] Recombinant Mouse SSAO/VAP-1/AOC3 (R&D systems; Catalog # 6107-AO) can be used to screen compound selectivity in vitro. The Mouse SSAO assay can be run in the same manner as described for the human SSAO assay.
Example 4: Human diamine oxidase (DAO) enzyme assay
[00245] Inhibition of recombinant human DAO (R& D systems; Catalog # 8298-AO) activity can be used to screen compound selectivity in vitro. The human DAO assay can be run in the same manner as described for the human SSAO assay, with the exception that putrescine (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # P5780) and aminoguanidine bicarbonate (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog #
109266- 100G) can be used as the substrate and positive control, respectively.
Example 5: Human monoamine oxidase A and B assays
[00246] Inhibition of recombinant human MAO-A (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog# M7316) and MAO-B (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog# M7441) can be used to screen compound selectivity in vitro. The MAO-A and MAO-B assays can be run in the same manner as described above for the human SSAO assay, with tyramine (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # T2879) and benzylamine (Sigma- Aldrich Catalog # B5136) being used as the substrates for MAO-A and MAO-B, respectively. The positive controls for MAO-A and MAO-B can be clorgyline (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog# M3778) and mofegiline (MedChem Express Catalog# HY-16677A), respectively.
Example 6: Human lysyl oxidase (LOX) assay
[00247] Recombinant human lysyl oxidase (LOX) can be isolated from concentrated conditioned media (CCM) of cells that transiently or stably overexpress the human LOX enzyme. Once isolated, the CCM can be concentrated using a centrifugation column with 10 kDa molecular weight cut-off (MWCO). Inhibition of LOX activity can then be tested suing the same fluorescence readout as for SSAO with the exception that the 1,5-diaminopentane can be used as the LOX substrate and b-aminopropionitrile (Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # A3134) used as positive control.
Example 7: Peroxide scavenging/Amplex ultra red interference assay [00248] A counter assay can be run to assess compound interference with the AUR enzyme and to identify compounds that might scavenge H2O2 directly, leading to a false positive readout regarding SSAO enzyme inhibition. To do this, H2O2 solution can be added to compound and the AUR mixture, in the absence of SSAO enzyme, and the effects on H2O2-induced fluorescence can then be measured. The peroxide scavenger compound N-Acetyl-L-cysteine (NAC: Sigma-Aldrich Catalog # A7250) and the enzyme catalase (Sigma- Aldrich Catalog# C1345), which catalyzes the degradation of H2O2 into H2O and O2, can be used as positive controls in this interference assay.
Example 8: Compound Oxidation Assay
[00249] Because the SSAO compounds are mechanism-based inhibitors, the potential for compound turnover by SSAO/VAP-1 can be assessed to determine the substrate propensity of the compounds relative to background (dimethyl sulfoxide only). The assay can be run in a similar manner as that described for the SSAO enzyme assay. Briefly, compounds can be incubated with recombinant human SSAO enzyme, in the absence of benzylamine substrate, and oxidase activity can be measured for 30 - 120 min after addition of the AUR/HRP mixture. Example 9: Mouse pharmacodynamic model
[00250] SSAO activity can be measured using a modification of previously described methods (J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2013 Nov;347(2):365-74). To measure compound activity in vivo, mice can be orally administered with compounds at predetermined concentrations. Animals can then be killed after 2-48 hours for collection of plasma, abdominal fat and other tissues of interest. Tissue samples can be homogenized in HES buffer (20mM HEPES, ImM EDTA, sucrose 250 mM, IX protease and phosphatases inhibitor, pH 7.4). Homogenates can then be centrifuged at 2000 × g for 5 -10 min at 4°C and the supernatants collected and diluted 1 :5 in assay buffer (0.1 M sodium phosphate buffer, pH7.2) for the fluorometric measurement of SSAO activity. When measuring SSAO activity from tissue, pargyline can be included in the assay buffer to inhibit any potential endogenous monoamine oxidase A and B which could interfere with the assay. SSAO activity in the plasma and tissue homogenates can then be analyzed as described in the in vitro methods for human SSAO.
Example 10: Rat pharmacodynamic model
[00251] SSAO activity can be measured using a modification of previously described methods (J Pharmacol Exp Ther. 2013 Nov;347(2):365-74). To measure compound activity in vivo, rats can be orally administered with compounds at predetermined concentrations. Animals can then be killed after 2-48 hours for collection of plasma, abdominal fat, liver and other tissues of interest. Tissue samples can be homogenized in HES buffer (20mM HEPES, 150mM NaCl, lmMEDTA,ImMEGTAwith1%tritonX100,IXproteaseandphosphatasesinhibitor,pH7.4). Fortissues,homogenatescanthenbecentrifugedat10,000×gfor30minat4°CandthesupernatantscollectedforthefluorometricmeasurementofSSAOactivity.Plasmacanbeassayeddirectly.WhenmeasuringSSAOactivity,pargylinecanbeincludedintheassaybuffertoinhibitanypotentialendogenousmonoamineoxidaseAandBwhichcouldinterferewiththeassay.SSAOactivityintheplasmaandtissuehomogenatescanthenbeanalyzedasdescribedintheinvitromethodsforhumanSSAO. Example11: SmokingmousemodelofCOPD [00252] TotesttheeffectsofVAP-1inhibitorsonlunginflammationandfibrosisrelatedtoCOPD,studiescanbeperformedasdescribedpreviously(StebbinsKJ,JPharmacolExpTher., 332(3):764-775)(JamickiAG,BrJPharmacol.,173(22):3161-3175).FemaleC57BL/6mice(6-8weeksold)canbeexposedtocigarettesmoke(CS)from12research-gradecigarettes(3R4F,UniversityofKentucky,Lexington,KY,USA)over aperiodof5minutespercigarette,for75min,twotimesperday.Shamcontrolmicecanbeexposedtonormalroomair.CScanbegeneratedusingacigarettesmokingmachine(CHTechnologies,Westwood,NJ.)andcanbeeitherexposedeachdayfor4days(acuteexposuremodel)orfor5daysaweekfor12weeks(chronicexposuremodel).Fordrugtreatments,micecanbetreatedwithVAP-1inhibitorsorvehiclecontrolsbeforethefirstCS-exposureofeachdayanddosingcanbeconductedbyoralgavage(PO).ForBALisolation,micecanbeeuthanizedusingisofluraneinhalationandbloodcanbecollectedbycardiacpunctureintoEDTAtubesforplasmaanalysisofdrugconcentration.Thetracheacanthenbeexposed,cannulatedwitha20-gaugeluerandBALcanbeperformedbytwiceinfusingandwithdrawing0.5mlPBS.Cellsuspensionscanbekeptoniceuntilcentrifugation(700g,10min).Supernatants canalsobecollectedandstoredat-80°Cuntilfurtheranalyses.Forcellcounts,cellpelletscanberesuspendedin300mΐof0.1%bovineserumalbumin/PBS,andtotalleukocytecountscanthenbedeterminedusingaHemavetFS950(DrewScientific,Oxford,CT).A100μl aliquotofthecellsuspensioncanthenbeusedforpreparationofcytospinslides(Thermo-Shandon,Waltham,MA).Slidescanbestainedwith3StepStain(RichardAllenScientific,Kalamazoo,MI)anddifferentialcellcountsperformedon300cellsusingstandardmorphologicalfeatures.CellsupernatantsandlungtissuecanbecollectedforanalysisofVAP-1activityandinflammatorycytokinesofinterest.Forhistology,lungscanbefixedandstainedwithperiodicacidSchiff(PAS)todetectmucinsorwitIMasson’sTrichrometodetectcollagendepositionaroundthesmallairways.Forhistologicalquantitation,lungimagescanbeobtainedandthePAS-positivearea,collagenareaandepithelialthicknesscanbedeterminedtoassessdrugeffects. Example 12: Adoptive T-cell Transfer Colitis Mouse Model
[00253] Adoptive T-cell transfer colitis model is accepted as a relevant mouse model for human inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). To induce colitis in this model, the CD4 T-lymphocyte population can be isolated from the spleens of donor mice. Subsequently, a subpopulation of CD4+CD45RB high T-cells can be purified by cell sorting using flow cytometry. The purified CD4+CD45RB high T-cells can be injected into the peritoneal cavity of the recipient severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice. Colitis can develop approximately three to six weeks after T-cell transfer, which can be monitored by loss of body weight. Testing of VAP-1 inhibitors and controls can then be initiated three weeks after injecting purified CD4+CD45RBhigh T-cells to the recipient SCID mice, when colitis has already developed, and can be continued for four weeks until the study ends. During the treatment period, the therapeutic effects can be monitored by observation of body weights. After euthanasia, the disease development and effects of the treatments can be further quantified by measuring colon weight and length, and colon histology by H&E staining for inflammation and structural changes in mucosa that are related to the disease.
Example 13: Diabetic nephropathy model
[00254] To induce diabetic nephropathy, rats or mice can undergo partial nephrectomy followed by treatment with streptozotocin (STZ) using a modification of previously described methods (Uil M, Sci. Rep., 1-10). Animals can then receive treatment with VAP-1 inhibitors for 6-12 weeks. Urinary albumin-to-creatine ratio (UACR) and glomerular injury and collagen deposition can then be measured.
Example 14: Arthritis model
[00255] The effects of VAP-1 inhibition on arthritis can be assessed using the K/BxN serum- transfer or complete Freund's adjuvant (CFA)-evoked active immunization models as previously described (Horvath A, Sci. Rep. , 1-13). For the K/BxN model, arthritis can be induced by injecting 8-12 week old, male CD-I mice with 300 μl i.p. K/BxN or control BxN serum starting on day 0. Mice can then receive VAP-1 inhibitors or vehicle controls starting 30 minutes prior to the first serum injections and continuing for 13 days. Ankle edema, hyperalgesia, joint function, clinical inflammation severity, plasma leakage and MPO activity can be assessed in vivo during the 2-week experimental period. For the CFA model, mice can be administered with 20 μl of CFA via intraplantar injection into the left paw and subcutaneously (s.c.) into the tail root. An additional s.c. injection into the tail can be administered 24 hours later to potentiate the systemic effects and mimic arthritis in humans. Mice can then receive VAP-1 inhibitors or vehicle controls starting 30 minutes prior to serum injections on day 0 and continuing for 21 days. Ankle edema, hyperalgesia, plasma leakage and MPO-activity can be assessed in vivo during the 3- week experimental period, and histopathology of the tibiotarsal joints can be performed at the end of the study.
Example 15: Model of diabetic retinopathy and macular edema/ocular permeability [00256] The effects of VAP-1 inhibition on diabetic retinopathy and ocular permeability in rats can be measured as previously described (Noda K, Exp. Eye. Res. , 89(5):774— 781) (Inoue T, Bioorg Med Chem , 21(13):3873— 3881). To do this, male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats can be purchased from Charles River Laboratory (200-300 g) After a 1 week acclimation period, animals can be weighed and injected intraperitoneally with 65 mg/kg of streptozotocin (STZ; Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA) in citrate-buffered saline. A separate group can undergo sham treatments with citrate-buffered saline alone. Two weeks after STZ injection, plasma glucose can be measured. Rats that show blood glucose levels of 350 mg/dL at 2 weeks after STZ treatment can be diagnosed with diabetes. Therapeutic compounds can then be administered daily for an additional 2-4 weeks. At end of the treatment period, sodium fluorescein solution (40 mg/mL/kg) can be administered via the tail vein and vascular permeability can be assess by measuring fluorescein leakage into the vitreous. Permeability can be measured using a fluorescent plate reader and expressed as the ratio of intravitreal/plasma fluorescein concentration ratio. Leukocyte recruitment into retinal tissue, RNA expression and plasma and vitreous VAP-1 activity can also be measured in separate cohort of rats that do not receive fluorescein.
Example 16: Mouse Psoriasis Model
[00257] To assess the effects of VAP-1 inhibition on psoriasis, male BALB/c mice (25-30g) can be shaved at their dorsal skin region and imiquimod cream (IMQ; 62.5 mg) can be applied daily for 7 consecutive days. In addition, 5 mg IMQ can be applied to the right ear, daily for 7 days. Vehicle control mice can be applied with Vaseline. During this time, mice can be treated daily with VAP-1 inhibitors by oral gavage (PO). At the end of the study, ear tissue can be harvested to measure ear thickening, using a digital micrometer, and inflammation by H&E staining. Back skin can also be measured for thickening, histological inflammation by H&E and RNA and protein expression of inflammatory markers.
Example 17: Carbon tetrachloride (CC14-induced Liver fibrosis model [00258] Analysis of the use of SSAO inhibitors to treat liver fibrosis can be performed using the CC14-induced liver fibrosis model. To do this, Sprague-Dawley rats can be dosed with vehicle (olive oil) or CCL (1-2 μL/g (1:1 in olive oil); 2 times per week) by oral gavage (PO) for a period of 4-8 weeks to induce liver injury and fibrosis. Rats can then be dosed with inhibitors either: 1) in a preventative manner from day 0 onward or 2) in a therapeutic manner, starting 2 or 4 weeks after the initiation of CCL dosing. At the end of the study period, plasma and tissue can be harvested to determine drug concentrations, SSAO activity, liver enzymes and liver fibrosis, inflammation and pro-fibrotic gene or protein expression in both the vehicle and drug- treated groups
Example 18: NASH liver fibrosis model
[00259] Analysis of the use of SSAO inhibitors to treat liver steatosis/inflammation/fibrosis can be performed using rodent high fat diet-induced models of non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). To test the use of SSAO inhibitors in NASH, mouse NASH models can be run as previously described (World J Hepatol 2016 June 8; 8(16): 673-684).
Example 19: Lipopolysaccharide (LPS) airway inflammation model [00260] To assess the use of SSAO inhibitors on inflammation, mice can undergo pulmonary challenge with LPS to induce inflammatory cell infiltration and cytokine production. To do this, mice can be administered with vehicle or SSAO inhibitor by oral gavage, 1-2 hr prior to LPS challenge. Inflammation can then be induced by oropharyngeal instillation of vehicle (phosphate-buffered saline) or LPS. Six hours later, mice can be killed and bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) fluid collected for recovery of airway luminal cells and cytokine analysis. To isolate BAL, the trachea can be cannulated and lavaged with 1.0 mL heparinized (10 U/ml) saline. An aliquot of the lavage can then be reserved for total and differential white cell counts and the remaining fluid can be centrifuged and the supernatants used to measure cytokines. Example 20: Mouse bleomycin lung fibrosis model
[00261] Briefly, lung fibrosis can be induced by oropharyngeal instillation of bleomycin (Blenoxane, Henry Schein Catalog#1045785). To do this, mice can be anesthetized with isoflurane (5% in 100% O2) and then be hung on a board by their teeth in a reclined position. Bleomycin (BLM; 1-5.0 U/kg) can be delivered by oropharyngeal instillation whereby BLM is dripped onto the vocal chords (2.5pL/g volume) facilitating aspiration. SSAO compounds can be administered prior to BLM challenge (preventative dosing) or at different timepoints after BLM challenge (therapeutic dosing). The route and frequency of dosing can be based on previously determined pharmacokinetic properties for each compound in mice. At various timepoints after BLM challenge (i.e. 7-28 days), mice can be killed for analysis of lung inflammation and cytokine release, pulmonary vascular leakage and lung fibrosis.
[00262] The examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and various modifications or changes suggested to persons skilled in the art are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims.

Claims

CLAIMS WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) having the structure:
Figure imgf000093_0001
wherein:
Figure imgf000093_0002
is a C3-10cycloalkyl ring;
X is -0-, -S-, -S(O)2-, -N(R13)-, or -C(R13)2-;
Z is H, F, or Cl;
R1 is halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR4, -SR4, -N(R4)(R5), -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -S(O)R7, -OC(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)R7, -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5)-, S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2N(R6)C(O)R7, -CH2S(O)2R7, or - CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a; each R2 and each R3 are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2. 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, - OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, -S(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2.6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b;
R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-
9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c;
R5 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; or R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d;
R6 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e; each R8 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14f; each R9 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-
6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14g; each R10 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R9 and R10, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14h; each R11 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R12 is independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14i; each R13 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R14a, R14b, R14c, R14d, R14e, R14f, R14g, R14h, and R14i are each independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, C1.gheteroaryl, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), - OCH2C(O)OR16, and -OC(O)R19, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, -CH2-C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, -CH2-C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6- loaryl, -CH2-C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three groups independently selected from halogen, oxo, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6haloalkoxy, -OR15, -SR15, -N(R16)(R17), -C(O)OR16, -C(O)N(R16)(R17), - C(O)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -OC(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)N(R16)(R17), -N(R18)C(O)OR19, -N(R18)C(O)R19, -N(R18)S(O)2R19, -C(O)R19, -S(O)2R19, -S(O)2N(R16)(R17), and - OC(O)R19; each R15 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1.6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2.
6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R16 is independently selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2.
6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl; each R17 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; or R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring; each R18 is independently selected from H and C1-6alkyl; each R19 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl;
R20 is selected from H and C1-6alkyl; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and p is 0 or 1; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein m is 0.
3. The method of claim 1 having the structure of Formula (la):
Figure imgf000095_0001
wherein each q is independently 0, 1, or 2.
4. The method of claim 3 having the structure of Formula (la):
Figure imgf000096_0001
Formula (la').
5. The method of claim 1 having the structure of Formula (Iaa):
Figure imgf000096_0002
Formula (Iaa).
6 The method of claim 5 having the structure of Formula (Iaa'):
Figure imgf000096_0003
Formula (Iaa').
7. The method of claim 1 having the structure of Formula (lb):
Figure imgf000096_0004
Formula (lb); wherein each q is independently 0, 1, or 2; and v is 0, 1, or 2.
8. The method of claim 7 having the structure of Formula (lb'):
Figure imgf000097_0001
Formula (lb').
9. The method of claim 1 having the structure of Formula (Ibb):
Figure imgf000097_0002
Formula (Ibb).
10. The method of claim 9 having the structure of Formula (Ibb'):
Figure imgf000097_0003
Formula (Ibb').
11. The method of claim 1 having the structure of Formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000097_0004
Formula (Ic); wherein q is 0, 1, or 2.
12. The method of claim 11 having the structure of Formula (Ic'):
Figure imgf000097_0005
Formula (Ic').
13. The method of any one of claims 1-12, wherein R1 is -OR4, -C(O)OR4, -OC(O)N(R4)(R5), - N(R6)C(O)R7, -N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)C(O)OR7, -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, - C(O)N(R4)(R5), -C(O)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -S(O)2R7, -S(O)2N(R4)(R5), -S(=O)(=NH)N(R4)(R5), -CH2C(O)N(R4)(R5), -CH2S(O)2R7, or -CH2S(O)2N(R4)(R5).
14. The method of any one of claims 1-13, wherein R1 is -OR4, -N(R6)C(O)R7, - N(R6)C(O)N(R4)(R5), -N(R6)S(O)2R7, -C(O)R7, -C(O)N(R4)(R5), or -S(O)2N(R4)(R5).
15. The method of any one of claims 1-14, wherein R1 is -C(O)N(R4)(R5).
16. The method of any one of claims 1-15, wherein R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c.
17. The method of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl and C2. 9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c.
18. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein R4 is selected from H, C1-6alkyl, and C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-9heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14c.
19. The method of any one of claims 1-18, wherein R4 is H.
20. The method of any one of claims 1-18, wherein R4 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein R4 is -CH3.
22. The method of any one of claims 1-18, wherein R4 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl.
23. The method of any one of claims 1-17, wherein R4 is C3-6cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or two R14c.
24. The method of any one of claims 1-23, wherein R5 is H.
25. The method of any one of claims 1-23, wherein R5 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein R5 is -CH3.
27. The method of any one of claims 1-15, wherein R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein R4 and R5, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a spirocyclic C2-9heterocycloalkyl ring optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14d.
29. The method of any one of claims 1-14, wherein R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein R7 is selected from C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, and C6-10aryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein R7 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14e.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein R7 is unsubstituted C1-6alkyl.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein R7 is -CH3.
34. The method of claim 30, wherein R7 is unsubstituted C2-9heterocycloalkyl.
35. The method of any one of claims 1-14 and 29-34, wherein R6 is H.
36. The method of any one of claims 1-12, wherein R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1-9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein R1 is C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, or C1- 9heteroaryl, wherein C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein R1 is C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a.
39. The method of claim 37, wherein R1 is C1-9heteroaryl optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14a.
40. The method of any one of claims 1-39, wherein each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C1-9heteroaryl, - OR8, -SR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -OC(O)N(R9)(R10), - N(R11)C(O)N(R9)(R10), -N(R11)C(O)OR12, -N(R11)C(O)R12, -N(R11)S(O)2R12, -C(O)R12, - S(O)2R12, -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), and -OC(O)R12, wherein C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C2- 9heterocycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
41. The method of any one of claims 1-40, wherein each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, C2-9heterocycloalkyl, C1-9heteroaryl, -OR8, -N(R9)(R10), -C(O)OR9, -C(O)N(R9)(R10), -C(O)R12, -S(O)2R12, and -S(O)2N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl, C2. 9heterocycloalkyl, and C1-9heteroaryl are optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
42. The method of any one of claims 1-41, wherein each R3 is independently selected from halogen, -CN, C1-6alkyl, -OR8, and -N(R9)(R10), wherein C1-6alkyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three R14b.
43. The method of any one of claims 1-42, wherein n is 1.
44. The method of any one of claims 1-42, wherein n is 2.
45. The method of any one of claims 1-39, wherein n is 0.
46. The method of any one of claims 1-45, wherein X is -O-.
47. The method of any one of claims 1-45, wherein X is -N(H)-
48. The method of any one of claims 1-45, wherein X is -CH2-.
49. The method of any one of claims 1-48, wherein R20 is H.
50. The method of any one of claims 1-48, wherein R20 is C1-6alkyl.
51. The method of any one of claims 1-50, wherein Z is F.
52. The method of any one of claims 1-50, wherein Z is Cl.
53. The method of any one of claims 1-50, wherein Z is H.
54. The method of any one of claims 1-53, wherein p is 0.
55. The method of any one of claims 1-53, wherein p is 1.
56. A method for treating a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, wherein the disease or disorder is selected from a gastrointestinal disease or disorder, an autoimmune disease or disorder, a cardiovascular disease or disorder, an ocular disease or disorder, a skin disease or disorder, diabetes and complications from diabetes, chronic renal failure, liver fibrosis, graft versus host disease, Alzheimer disease, extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, sepsis, sickle cell disease, and obesity, comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from:
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
or solvate thereof.
57. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is a gastrointestinal disease selected from inflammatory bowel disease.
58. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is an autoimmune disease selected from rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, autoimmune hepatitis, and primary Sjogren’s syndrome.
59. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is a cardiovascular disease selected from congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, and ischemic stroke.
60. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is an ocular disease selected from wet AMD, central retinal vein occlusion, and uveitis.
61. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is a skin disease selected from psoriasis, eczema, and pyogenic granulomas.
62. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is diabetes.
63. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is complications from diabetes selected from diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, and diabetic nephropathy.
64. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is chronic renal failure.
65. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is liver fibrosis.
66. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is graft versus host disease.
67. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is Alzheimer disease.
68. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is extranodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma.
69. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is sepsis.
70. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is sickle cell disease.
71. The method of any one of claims 1-56, wherein the disease or disorder is obesity.
72. The method of any one of claims 1-71, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is systemically administered to the subject.
73. The method of any one of claims 1-72, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is administered to the subject by intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration.
74. The method of any one of claims 1-73, further comprising administering to the subject an additional therapeutic agent in addition to the compound of Formula (I).
PCT/US2021/029473 2020-04-28 2021-04-27 Ssao inhibitors for the treatment of disease WO2021222308A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063016722P 2020-04-28 2020-04-28
US63/016,722 2020-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021222308A1 true WO2021222308A1 (en) 2021-11-04

Family

ID=78332194

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/029473 WO2021222308A1 (en) 2020-04-28 2021-04-27 Ssao inhibitors for the treatment of disease

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021222308A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110269811A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2011-11-03 Eric Yanjun Wang Inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment and prevention of diseases
US20120172392A1 (en) * 2004-02-25 2012-07-05 Salter-Cid Luisa M Amine-based and amide-based inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) enzyme activity and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment of diseases
US20170362218A1 (en) * 2014-09-17 2017-12-21 Proximagen Limited Imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine derived ssao inhibitors
US20180344672A1 (en) * 2017-05-31 2018-12-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pharmaceutical composition and pharmaceutical dosage form comprising (E)-4-(2-(aminomethyl)-3-fluoroallyloxy)-N-tert-butylbenzamide, process for their preparation, methods for treating and uses thereof
WO2020086747A2 (en) * 2018-10-24 2020-04-30 Metacrine, Inc. Ssao inhibitors and uses thereof

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120172392A1 (en) * 2004-02-25 2012-07-05 Salter-Cid Luisa M Amine-based and amide-based inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) enzyme activity and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment of diseases
US20110269811A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2011-11-03 Eric Yanjun Wang Inhibitors of semicarbazide-sensitive amine oxidase (ssao) and vap-1 mediated adhesion useful for treatment and prevention of diseases
US20170362218A1 (en) * 2014-09-17 2017-12-21 Proximagen Limited Imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine derived ssao inhibitors
US20180344672A1 (en) * 2017-05-31 2018-12-06 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pharmaceutical composition and pharmaceutical dosage form comprising (E)-4-(2-(aminomethyl)-3-fluoroallyloxy)-N-tert-butylbenzamide, process for their preparation, methods for treating and uses thereof
WO2020086747A2 (en) * 2018-10-24 2020-04-30 Metacrine, Inc. Ssao inhibitors and uses thereof

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN112689629B (en) For inhibiting Nav1.8 Pyridazine Compounds
CN109311827B (en) Prostate specific membrane antigen targeted high affinity agents for intracavitary radiotherapy of prostate cancer
EP3596053B1 (en) Farnesoid x receptor agonists and uses thereof
US9999615B2 (en) Autotaxin inhibitor compounds
AU2019365213A1 (en) SSAO inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2016200765B2 (en) Methods for treating fibromyalgia syndrome
JP2020019810A (en) Substituted 3-haloallylamine inhibitors of SSAO and uses thereof
US20050148632A1 (en) Therapeutic agent for intestinal diseases and visceral pain
JP2016510317A (en) Deuterated fumaric acid derivatives
CN112638866B (en) Co-crystals of sorafenib derivatives and process for preparing same
US20230293503A1 (en) Use of berberine analog and jak inhibitor in treatment of inflammatory diseases of gastrointestinal tract
ES2882175T3 (en) Compounds for use in the treatment of pulmonary hypertension
US11793774B2 (en) Chiral beta-hydroxyethylamines and their use in the treatment of hyperglycemia
WO2023033098A1 (en) Bicyclic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivative having virus growth inhibitory activity and pharmaceutical composition containing same
WO2019241751A1 (en) Ssao inhibitors and uses thereof
JPS6033424B2 (en) Phenylethylamine derivatives, their production methods, and therapeutic agents for hypertension and cardiovascular diseases containing phenylethylamine derivatives as active ingredients
WO2021222308A1 (en) Ssao inhibitors for the treatment of disease
AU2014207347A1 (en) Isometheptene isomer
CN112867490A (en) Deuterated secnidazole for treating bacterial vaginosis and method and application thereof
EP3984993A1 (en) Use of aminothiol compounds as cerebral nerve or heart protective agent
JP6595011B2 (en) Novel phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2024006985A1 (en) Amide prodrugs and uses thereof
EP2307013A1 (en) Pain-relieving compositions of furoxan no donors and uses thereof
BR102021010256A2 (en) USE OF THE DERIVATIVE (4-(3,5-DI-TERT-BUTYL-4- HYDROXYBENZYLAMINO)BENZENESULFONAMIDE) LQFM275 AS ANALGESICS AND/OR ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENTS AND PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME AND PREPARATION PROCESSES
WO2024036112A1 (en) Amide prodrugs and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21795592

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21795592

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1